8.4. VPRN Services Command Reference for 7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

8.4.1. Command Hierarchies

8.4.1.1. VPRN Service Configuration Commands

config
— service
vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— no vprn service-id
aggregate ip-prefix /ip-prefix-length [summary-only] [as-set] [aggregator as-number: ip-address]
— no aggregate ip-prefix/ ip-prefix-length
resolution {any | filter | disabled}
[no] ldp
[no] rsvp
[no] sr-isis
[no] sr-ospf
description description-string
ecmp max-ecmp-routes
— no ecmp
maximum-routes number [log-only] [threshold percent]
route-distinguisher [ip-address:number1 | asn:number2]
router-id ip-address
— no router-id
[no] shutdown
snmp
community community community-name [hash | hash2] [access-permissions] [version SNMP-version]
— no community community-name
application app [ip-int-name | ip-address]
— no application app
[no] spoke-sdp sdp-id
[no] description description string
[no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] {next-hop ip-int-name|ip-address | {cpe-check cpe-ip-address [interval seconds] [drop-count count] [log]}] {prefix-list prefix-list-name [all | none]}]
[no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] indirect ip-address [cpe-check cpe-ip-address [interval seconds][drop-count count] [log]] {prefix-list prefix-list-name [all | none]}]
[no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] black-hole {prefix-list prefix-list-name [all | none]}]
[no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference][metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] next-hop ip-int-name|ip-address [bfd-enable | {cpe-check cpe-ip-address [interval seconds] [drop-count count] [log]}|{prefix-list prefix-list-name [all|none]}]][description description]
vrf-export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no vrf-export
vrf-import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no vrf-import
vrf-target {ext-community | export ext-community | import ext-community}
— no vrf-target
[no] shutdown
config
— service
vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— no vprn service-id
— sgt-qos
— application dscp-app-name dscp {dscp-value | dscp-name}
— application dot1p-app-name dot1p dot1p-priority
— no application {dscp-app-name | dot1p-app-name}
— dscp dscp-name fc fc-name
— no dscp dscp-name
Note:

See the 7210 SAS-K 2F1C2T, K 2F6C4T, K 3SFP+ 8C Quality of Service Guide, section “Self-generated Traffic commands for 7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C” for descriptions of the config>service>vprn>sgt-qos commands.

8.4.1.2. DHCP Server Commands

config
— service
vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— no vprn service-id
dhcp
local-dhcp-server server-name [create]
— no local-dhcp-server server-name
description description-string
[no] force-renews
pool pool-name [create]
— no pool pool-name
description description-string
max-lease-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
min-lease-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
minimum-free minimum-free [percent] [event-when-depleted]
offer-time [min minutes] [sec seconds]
— no offer-time
custom-option option-number address [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
custom-option option-number hex hex-string
custom-option option-number string ascii-string
— no custom-option option-number
dns-server [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
domain-name domain-name
lease-rebind-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
lease-renew-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
lease-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
— no lease-time
subnet {ip-address/mask|ip-address netmask} [create]
— no subnet {ip-address/mask|ip-address netmask}
[no] address-range start-ip-address end-ip-address
[no] exclude-addresses start-ip-address [end-ip-address]
maximum-declined maximum-declined
minimum-free minimum-free
custom-option option-number address [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
custom-option option-number hex hex-string
custom-option option-number string ascii-string
— no custom-option option-number
default-router ip-address [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
subnet-mask ip-address
user-db local-user-db-name
— no user-db

8.4.1.3. IPoE Commands

config
local-user-db local-user-db-name [create]
— no local-user-db local-user-db-name
description description-string
ipoe
host host-name [create]
— no host host-name
address gi-address [scope scope]
address ip-address
address pool pool-name [secondary-pool sec-pool-name] [delimiter delimiter]
address use-pool-from-client [delimiter delimiter]
— no address
gi-address ip-address
— no gi-address
circuit-id string ascii-string
circuit-id hex hex-string
— no circuit-id
encap-tag-range start-tag start-tag end-tag end-tag
mac ieee-address
— no mac
option60 hex-string
— no option60
remote-id hex hex-string
remote-id string ascii-string
— no remote-id
sap-id sap-id
— no sap-id
service-id service-id
— no service-id
string string
— no string
system-id system-id
— no system-id
— no shutdown
custom-option option-number address [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
custom-option option-number hex hex-string
custom-option option-number string ascii-string
— no custom-option option-number
default-router ip-address [ip-address (up to 4 max)]
dns-server ip-address [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
— no dns-server
domain-name domain-name
lease-rebind-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
lease-renew-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
lease-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
— no lease-time
subnet-mask ip-address
mask type ipoe-match-type {[prefix-string prefix-string | prefix-length prefix-length] [suffix-string suffix-string | suffix-length suffix-length]}
— no mask type ipoe-match-type
match-list ipoe-match-type-1 [ipoe-match-type-2 (up to 4 max)]
— no match-list
— no shutdown

8.4.1.4. Interface Commands

config
— service
— vprn service-id [customer customer-id] [create]
— no vprn service-id
[no] interface ip-int-name
address ip-address[/mask] [netmask] [broadcast {all-ones | host-ones}]
— no address
arp-timeout [seconds]
— no arp-timeout
delayed-enable seconds
description description-string
— no description [description-string]
dhcp
description description-string
gi-address ip-address [src-ip-addr]
— no gi-address
[no] option
action {replace | drop | keep}
— no action
circuit-id [ascii-tuple | ifindex | sap-id | vlan-ascii-tuple]
— no circuit-id
remote-id [mac | string string]
[no] pool-name
[no] sap-id
[no] service-id
string text
— no string
[no] system-id
server server1 [server2...(up to 8 max)]
— no server
[no] shutdown
[no] trusted
icmp
[no] mask-reply
redirects number seconds
— no redirects [number seconds]
ttl-expired number seconds
— no ttl-expired [number seconds]
unreachables number seconds
— no unreachables [number seconds]
[no] loopback
[no] remote-proxy-arp policy-name [policy-name ... (up to 5 max)]
[no] shutdown
static-arp ip-address ieee-address
— no static-arp ip-address [ieee-address]
static-arp ieee-address unnumbered
— no static-arp [ieee-address] unnumbered
unnumbered ip-int-name | ip-address
— no unnumbered
[no] vrrp virtual-router-id

8.4.1.5. IPv6 Interface Commands (supported only on 7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C)

config
— service
vprn service-id [customer customer-id] [create]
[no] interface ip-int-name [create]
[no] urpf-check
ipv6
[no] urpf-check
— no ipv6
address ipv6-address/prefix-length [eui-64] [preferred]
— no address ipv6-address/prefix-length
icmp
packet-too-big number seconds
param-problem number seconds
redirects number seconds
— no redirects
time-exceeded number seconds
unreachables number seconds
link-local-address ipv6-address [preferred]
neighbor ipv6-address mac-address
— no neighbor ipv6-address
proxy-nd-policy policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
[no] urpf-check
[no] ignore-default
ipv6
[no] ignore-default

8.4.1.6. IPv6 Router Advertisement Commands (supported only on 7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C)

config
— router [router-name]
interface ip-int-name
— no interface ip-int-name
mtu
— no mtu
prefix ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
— no prefix
— no autonomous
— no on-link
preferred-lifetime [seconds | infinite]
valid-lifetime [seconds | infinite]
reachable-time milli-seconds
retransmit-time milli-seconds
router-lifetime seconds

8.4.1.7. Interface VRRP Commands (for Network Mode Only)

config
— service
vprn service-id [customer customer-id] [create]
— no vprn service-id
interface ip-int-name [create]
— no interface ip-int-name
vrrp virtual-router-id [owner]
— no vrrp virtual-router-id
authentication-key authentication-key | hash-key [hash | hash2]
[no] backup ip-address
[no] bfd-enable service-id interface interface-name dst-ip ip-address
[no] bfd-enable interface interface-name dst-ip ip-address
init-delay seconds
— no init-delay
message-interval {[seconds] [milliseconds milliseconds]}
[no] ping-reply
policy vrrp-policy-id
— no policy
[no] preempt
priority priority
— no priority
[no] shutdown
[no] ssh-reply
[no] telnet-reply

8.4.1.8. Routed VPLS Commands for VPRN Service

config
— service
vprn
interface ip-interface-name [create]
— no interface ip-interface-name
vpls service-name
— no vpls
v4-routed-override-filter ip-filter-id

8.4.1.9. Interface SAP Commands

config
— service
vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— no vprn service-id
[no] interface ip-int-name [create] [tunnel]
[no] sap sap-id
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
— no accounting-policy [acct-policy-id]
[no] collect-stats
description description-string
— no description [description-string]
egress
agg-shaper-rate agg-rate
filter ip ip-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id]
qos policy-id
— no qos [policy-id]
meter meter-id [create]
— no meter meter-id
adaptation-rule [pir adaptation-rule] [cir adaptation-rule]
cbs size [kbits | bytes | kbytes]
— no cbs
mbs size [kbits | bytes | kbytes]
— no mbs
— no mode
— no mode
rate cir cir-rate [pir pir-rate]
agg-shaper-rate agg-rate
aggregate-meter-rate rate-in-kbps [burst burst-in-kbits]
filter ip ip-filter-id
— no filter [ip ip-filter-id]
qos policy-id [shared-queuing | multipoint-shared]
— no qos [policy-id]
[no] shutdown

8.4.1.10. BGP Configuration Commands

config
— service
vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— no vprn service-id
[no] bgp
always-compare-med {zero | infinity}
[no] as-path-ignore
auth-keychain name
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
— no bfd-enable
always-compare-med {zero | infinity}
always-compare-med strict-as {zero | infinity}
as-path-ignore [ipv4] [ipv6]
[no] connect-retry seconds
[no] damping
description description-string
disable-communities [standard] [extended]
export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no export
family [ipv4] [ipv6]
— no family
hold-time seconds [strict]
— no hold-time
import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no import
keepalive seconds
— no keepalive
local-as as-number [private]
— no local-as
local-preference local-preference
loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route | ignore-loop| off}
med-out {number | igp-cost}
— no med-out
min-as-origination seconds
multihop ttl-value
— no multihop
preference preference
— no preference
router-id ip-address
— no router-id
[no] shutdown
[no] group name [dynamic-peer]
[no] as-override
auth-keychain name
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
[no] bfd-enable
connect-retry seconds
[no] damping
description description-string
disable-communities [standard] [extended]
export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no export
family [ipv4] [ipv6]
— no family
hold-time seconds [strict]
— no hold-time
import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no import
keepalive seconds
— no keepalive
local-address ip-address
local-as as-number [private]
— no local-as
local-preference local-preference
loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route | ignore-loop | off}
med-out {number | igp-cost}
— no med-out
min-as-origination seconds
multihop ttl-value
— no multihop
[no] passive
peer-as as-number
— no peer-as
preference preference
— no preference
prefix-limit limit [log-only] [threshold percent]
[no] shutdown
type {internal | external}
— no type
[no] neighbor ip-address
[no] as-override
auth-keychain name
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
[no] bfd-enable
connect-retry seconds
[no] damping
description description-string
disable-communities [standard] [extended]
export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no export
family [ipv4]
— no family
hold-time seconds [strict]
— no hold-time
import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no import
keepalive seconds
— no keepalive
local-address ip-address
local-as as-number [private]
— no local-as
local-preference local-preference
loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route | ignore-loop | off}
med-out {number | igp-cost}
— no med-out
min-as-origination seconds
multihop ttl-value
— no multihop
[no] passive
peer-as as-number
— no peer-as
preference preference
— no preference
prefix-limit limit [log-only] [threshold percent]
[no] shutdown
type {internal | external}
— no type

8.4.1.11. OSPF Configuration Commands

config
— service
vprn service-id [customer customer-id]
— no vprn service-id
[no] ospf
[no] area area-id
area-range ip-prefix/mask [advertise | not-advertise]
— no area-range ip-prefix/mask
[no] interface ip-int-name [secondary]
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
authentication-type {password | message-digest}
bfd-enable [remain-down-on-failure]
— no bfd-enable
dead-interval seconds
hello-interval seconds
interface-type {broadcast | point-to-point}
message-digest-key key-id md5 [key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
— no message-digest-key key-id
metric metric
— no metric
mtu bytes
— no mtu
[no] passive
priority number
— no priority
[no] shutdown
transit-delay seconds
[no] nssa
area-range ip-prefix/mask [advertise | not-advertise]
— no area-range ip-prefix/mask
[no] summaries
[no] sham-link ip-int-name ip-address
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
authentication-type {password | message-digest}
dead-interval seconds
hello-interval seconds
message-digest-key key-id md5 [key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
— no message-digest-key key-id
metric metric
— no metric
[no] shutdown
transit-delay seconds
[no] stub
default-metric metric
[no] summaries
[no] virtual-link router-id transit-area area-id
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
authentication-type {password | message-digest}
dead-interval seconds
hello-interval seconds
message-digest-key key-id md5 [key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
— no message-digest-key key-id
[no] shutdown
transit-delay seconds
[no] compatible-rfc1583 router-id transit-area area-id
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
authentication-type {password | message-digest}
dead-interval seconds
hello-interval seconds
message-digest-key key-id md5 [key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
— no message-digest-key key-id
[no] shutdown
transit-delay seconds
export policy-name [ policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
— no export
external-db-overflow limit seconds
external-preference preference
[no] ignore-dn-bit
overload [timeout seconds]
— no overload
overload-on-boot [timeout seconds]
preference preference
— no preference
reference-bandwidth bandwidth-in-kbps
router-id ip-address
— no router-id
[no] shutdown
timers
[no] lsa-arrival lsa-arrival-time
[no] lsa-generate max-lsa-wait [lsa-initial-wait [lsa-second-wait]]
[no] spf-wait max-spf-wait [spf-initial-wait [spf-second-wait]]
vpn-domain id {0005 | 0105 | 0205 | 8005}
— no vpn-domain
vpn-tag vpn-tag
— no vpn-tag
export policy-name [ policy-name ... (up to 5 max)]
— no export
external-db-overflow limit seconds
external-preference preference
import policy-name [policy-name ... (up to 15 max)]
— no import policy-name
overload [timeout seconds]
— no overload
overload-on-boot [timeout seconds]
preference preference
— no preference
reference-bandwidth bandwidth-in-kbps
reference-bandwidth [tbps Tera-bps] [gbps Giga-bps] [mbps Mega-bps] [kbps Kilo-bps]
router-id ip-address
— no router-id
[no] shutdown
timers
[no] lsa-arrival lsa-arrival-time
[no] lsa-generate max-lsa-wait [lsa-initial-wait [lsa-second-wait]]
[no] spf-wait max-spf-wait [spf-initial-wait [spf-second-wait]]

8.4.1.12. Show Commands

show
— service
egress-label start-label [end-label]
ingress-label start-label [[end-label]
id service-id
all
sap [sap-id [detail]]
sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-address] [detail]
sap-using [sap sap-id]
sap-using interface [ip-address | ip-int-name]
sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id
sap-using [ingress | egress] qos-policy qos-policy-id
sdp-using [sdp-id | far-end ip-address] [detail | keep-alive-history]
sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id]
service-using [vprn] [sdp sdp-id] [customer customer-id]
show
— router [vprn-service-id]
aggregate [family] [active]
arp [ip-int-name | ip-address[/mask] | mac ieee-mac-address | sumary] [local | dynamic | static | managed]
— bgp
damping [ip-prefix[/prefix-length]] [decayed|history|suppressed] [detail] [ipv4]
damping [ip-prefix[/prefix-length]] [decayed|history|suppressed] [detail] vpn-ipv4
group [name] [detail]
neighbor [ip-address [detail]]
neighbor [as-number [detail]]
neighbor ip-address [family] filter1 [brief]
neighbor ip-address [family] filter2
neighbor as-number [family] filter2
neighbor ip-address orf filter3
neighbor ip-address graceful-restart
paths
routes [family family] [prefix [detail | longer]]
routes [family family] [prefix [hunt | brief]]
routes [family family] [community comm-id]
routes [family family] [aspath-regex reg-ex1]
routes [family] [ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] [detail | longer]|[hunt [brief]]]
summary [all]
interface [{[ip-address | ip-int-name] [detail]} | summary
route-table [ip-address[/mask] [longer | best]] | [protocol protocol] | [summary]
static-arp [ip-address | ip-int-name | mac ieee-mac-address]
static-route [ip-prefix /mask] | [preference preference] | [next-hop ip-address] [detail]
tunnel-table [ip-address[/mask] [protocol protocol | sdp sdp-id]
tunnel-table [summary]
show
— router
— sgt-qos
— application
— dscp-map
Note:

See the 7210 SAS-K 2F1C2T, K 2F6C4T, K 3SFP+ 8C Quality of Service Guide section “Network QoS Policy Command Reference, Show Commands” for descriptions of the show>router>sgt-qos commands.

8.4.1.13. Clear Commands

clear
— router
— bgp
damping [{prefix/mask [neighbor ip-address]} | {group name}]
flap-statistics [[ip-prefix/mask] [neighbor ip-address]] | [group group-name] | [regex reg-exp] | [policy policy-name]
neighbor {ip-address | as as-number | external | all} [soft | soft-inbound | statistics]
interface [ip-int-name | ip-address] [icmp]
clear
— service
id service-id
spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id ingress-vc-label
— statistics
sap sap-id {all | counters | stp}
sdp sdp-id keep-alive
id service-id
spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id {all | counters | stp}

8.4.1.14. Debug Commands

debug
— service
id service-id
[no] event-type {config-change | svc-oper-status-change | sap-oper-status-change | sdpbind-oper-status-change}
[no] sap sap-id
event-type {config-change | oper-status-change}
[no] sdp sdp-id:vc-id
event-type {config-change | oper-status-change}
stp
[no] all-events
[no] bpdu
[no] exception
[no] fsm-timers
[no] port-role
[no] port-state
[no] sap sap-id
[no] sdp sdp-id:vc-id

8.4.2. Command Descriptions

8.4.2.1. VPRN Service Configuration Commands

8.4.2.1.1. Generic Commands

shutdown

Syntax 
[no] shutdown
Context 
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
config>service>vprn>router-advert
config>service>vprn>spoke-sdp
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics.

The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be deleted.

Services are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When a no shutdown command is entered, the service becomes administratively up and then tries to enter the operationally up state. Default administrative states for services and service entities is described as follows in Special Cases.

The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively enabled state.

If the ASN was previously changed, the BGP ASN inherits the new value.

Special Cases 
Service Admin State—
Bindings to an SDP within the service will be put into the out-of-service state when the service is shut down. While the service is shut down, all customer packets are dropped and counted as discards for billing and debugging purposes.

A service is regarded as operational providing that one IP Interface SAP and one SDP is operational.

VPRN BGP—
This command disables the BGP instance on the specific IP interface. Routes learned from a neighbor that is shut down are immediately removed from the BGP database and RTM. If BGP is globally shut down, all group and neighbor interfaces are shut down operationally. If a BGP group is shut down, all member neighbor interfaces are shut down operationally. If a BGP neighbor is shut down, just that neighbor interface is operationally shutdown.

description

Syntax 
description description-string
no description
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>if>sap
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a configuration context.

The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to help identify the content in the configuration file.

The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.

Parameters 
description-string—
The description character string. Allowed values are any string up to 80 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

ecmp

Syntax 
ecmp max-ecmp-routes
no ecmp
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables ECMP only for VPN-IPv4 routes learned through MP-BGP (not PE-CE VPN routes) and configures the number of routes for path sharing; for example, the value 2 means two equal-cost routes are used for cost sharing.

ECMP can be used only for routes learned with the same preference and the same protocol. When more ECMP routes are available at the best preference than configured using the max-ecmp-routes value, the following route selection criteria apply for VPN-IPv4 routes.

  1. All routes are flagged as BEST, and the following criteria determine which routes are submitted to the VRF and marked as USED according to the ECMP value configured in the VRF.
    1. Routes with the lowest BGP peer router-ID are preferred.
    2. Routes with the shortest cluster list are preferred.
    3. Routes with the lowest BGP next-hop IP address are preferred.

The no form of this command disables ECMP path sharing. If ECMP is disabled, and multiple routes are available at the best preference and equal cost, the VPN-IPv4 route selection is based on the following criteria.

  1. Routes with the lowest BGP peer router-ID are preferred.
  2. Routes with the shortest cluster list are preferred.
  3. Routes with the lowest BGP next-hop IP address are preferred.
Default 

no ecmp

Parameters 
max-ecmp-routes —
Specifies the maximum number of equal cost routes allowed onthis routing table instance, expressed as a decimal integer. Setting the max-ecmp-routes value to 1 has the same result as entering no ecmp.
Values—
1 to 4

 

8.4.2.1.2. Global Commands

vprn

Syntax 
vprn service-id [customer customer-id] [create]
no vprn service-id
Context 
config>service
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command creates or edits a Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN) service instance.

If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.

VPRN services allow the creation of customer-facing IP interfaces in the same routing instance used for service network core routing connectivity. VPRN services require that the IP addressing scheme used by the subscriber must be unique between it and other addressing schemes used by the provider and potentially the entire Internet.

IP interfaces defined within the context of an VPRN service ID must have a SAP created as the access point to the subscriber network.

When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id must be specified to associate the service with a customer. The customer-id must already exist having been created using the customer command in the service context. When a service is created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service must be deleted and recreated with a new customer association.

When a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id is optional to navigate into the service configuration context. Attempting to edit a service with the incorrect customer-id results in an error.

Multiple VPRN services are created to separate customer-owned IP interfaces. More than one VPRN service can be created for a single customer ID. More than one IP interface can be created within a single VPRN service ID. All IP interfaces created within an VPRN service ID belongs to the same customer.

By default, no VPRN services instances exist until they are explicitly created.

The no form of this command deletes the VPRN service instance with the specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all the IP interfaces and all routing protocol configurations defined within the service ID have been shut down and deleted.

Parameters 
service-id—
Specifies the service number identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every 7210 SAS on which this service is defined.

vprn customer

Values—
service-id: 1 to 2147483648
svc-name: 64 characters maximum

 

customer customer-id
Specifies an existing customer identification number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

aggregate

Syntax 
aggregate ip-prefix/ip-prefix-length [summary-only] [as-set] [aggregator as-number:ip-address]
aggregate ip-prefix/ip-prefix-length
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures an aggregate route.

This command automatically installs an aggregate in the routing table when there are one or more component routes. A component route is any route used for forwarding that is a more specific match to the aggregate.

The use of aggregate routes can reduce the number of routes that need to be advertised to neighbor routers, leading to smaller routing table sizes.

Overlapping aggregate routes may be configured; in this case a route becomes a component of only the one aggregate route with the longest prefix match; for example, if one aggregate is configured as 10.0.0.0/16 and another as 10.0.0.0/24, route 10.0.128/17 would be aggregated into 10.0.0.0/16, and route 10.0.0.128/25 would be aggregated into 10.0.0.0/24. If multiple entries are made with the same prefix and the same mask the previous entry is overwritten.

A standard 4-byte BGP community may be associated with an aggregate route to facilitate route policy matching.

The no form of this command removes the aggregate.

Default 

no aggregate

Parameters 
ip-prefix—
Specifies the destination address of the aggregate route in dotted decimal notation.
Values—

ipv4-prefix

a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

ipv4-prefix-length

0 to 32

the mask associated with the network address expressed as a mask length
Values: 0 to 32

 

summary-only—
Keyword that suppresses the advertisement of more specific component routes for the aggregate.

To remove the summary-only option, enter the same aggregate command without the summary-only keyword.

as-set—
Optional keyword that is only applicable to BGP and creates an aggregate where the path advertised for this route will be an AS_SET consisting of all elements contained in all paths that are being summarized. Use this option carefully, because it can increase the amount of route churn because of best path changes.
aggregator as-number:ip-address
Optional keyword that specifies the BGP aggregator path attribute to the aggregate route. When configuring the aggregator, a two-octet ASN used to form the aggregate route must be entered, followed by the IP address of the BGP system that created the aggregate route.

allow-ip-int-bind

Syntax 
[no] allow-ip-int-bind
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables IP interface binding.

The no form of this command disables IP interface binding.

Default 

no allow-ip-int-bind

auto-bind-tunnel

Syntax 
auto-bind-tunnel
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure automatic binding of a VPRN service using tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

The auto-bind-tunnel context configures the binding of VPRN routes to tunnels. The user must configure the resolution option to enable auto-bind resolution to tunnels in the TTM. If the resolution option is explicitly set to disabled, auto-binding to tunnels is removed.

If the resolution command is set to any, any supported tunnel type in the VPRN context is selected following the TTM preference. If one or more explicit tunnel types are specified using the resolution-filter option, only these tunnel types will be selected again following the TTM preference.

The user must set the resolution command to filter to activate the list of tunnel types configured under resolution-filter.

When an explicit SDP to a BGP next hop is configured in a VPRN service (in the configure>service>vprn>spoke-sdp context), it overrides the auto-bind-tunnel selection for that BGP next hop only. There is no support for reverting automatically to the auto-bind-tunnel selection if the explicit SDP goes down. The user must delete the explicit spoke-SDP in the VPRN service context to resume using the auto-bind-tunnel selection for the BGP next hop.

resolution

Syntax 
resolution {any | filter | disabled}
Context 
config>service>vprn>auto-bind-tunnel
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the resolution mode in the automatic binding of a VPRN service to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

Parameters 
any—
Keyword that enables the binding to any supported tunnel type in the VPRN context following the TTM preference.
filter—
Keyword that enables the binding to the subset of tunnel types configured under resolution-filter.
disabled—
Keyword that disables the automatic binding of a VPRN service to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

resolution-filter

Syntax 
resolution-filter
Context 
config>service>vprn>auto-bind-tunnel
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure the subset of tunnel types that can be used in the resolution of VPRN prefixes within the automatic binding of VPRN services to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

The following tunnel types are supported in a VPRN context: RSVP, LDP, and segment routing (SR). The BGP tunnel type is not explicitly configured and is therefore implicit. It is always preferred over any other tunnel type enabled in the auto-bind-tunnel context.

ldp

Syntax 
[no] ldp
Context 
config>service>vprn>auto-bind-tunnel>res-filter
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the use of LDP tunnel types for the resolution of VPRN prefixes within the automatic binding of VPRN services to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

When the ldp command is specified, BGP searches for an LDP LSP with a FEC prefix corresponding to the address of the BGP next-hop.

The no form of this command disables the use of LDP tunnel types for the resolution of VPRN prefixes within the automatic binding of VPRN services to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

Default 

no ldp

rsvp

Syntax 
[no] rsvp
Context 
config>service>vprn>auto-bind-tunnel>res-filter
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the use of RSVP tunnel types for the resolution of VPRN prefixes within the automatic binding of VPRN services to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

When rsvp is specified, BGP searches for the best metric RSVP LSP to the address of the BGP next hop. This address can correspond to the system interface or to another loopback used by the BGP instance on the remote node. The LSP metric is provided by MPLS in the tunnel table. In the case of multiple RSVP LSPs with the same lowest metric, BGP selects the LSP with the lowest tunnel-id.

The no form of this command disables the use of RSVP tunnel types for the resolution of VPRN prefixes within the automatic binding of VPRN service to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

Default 

no rsvp

sr-isis

Syntax 
[no] sr-isis
Context 
config>service>vprn>auto-bind-tunnel>res-filter
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the use of SR-ISIS tunnel types for the resolution of VPRN prefixes within the automatic binding of VPRN service to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

When sr-isis is specified, an SR tunnel to the BGP next hop is selected in the TTM from the lowest numbered IS-IS instance.

The no form of this command disables the use of SR-ISIS tunnel types for the resolution of VPRN prefixes within the automatic binding of VPRN service to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

Default 

no sr-isis

sr-ospf

Syntax 
[no] sr-ospf
Context 
config>service>vprn>auto-bind-tunnel>res-filter
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the use of SR-OSPF tunnel types for the resolution of VPRN prefixes within the automatic binding of VPRN service to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

When sr-ospf is specified, an SR tunnel to the BGP next hop is selected in the TTM from the lowest numbered OSPF instance.

The no form of this command disables the use of SR-OSPF tunnel types for the resolution of VPRN prefixes within the automatic binding of VPRN service to tunnels to MP-BGP peers.

Default 

no sr-ospf

autonomous-system

Syntax 
autonomous-system as-number
no autonomous-system
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command defines the autonomous system (AS) to be used by this VPN routing/forwarding (VRF). This command defines the autonomous system to be used by this VPN routing.

The no form of this command removes the defined AS from this VPRN context.

Default 

no autonomous-system

Parameters 
as-number—
Specifies the AS number for the VPRN service.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

maximum-routes

Syntax 
maximum-routes number [log-only] [threshold percent]
no maximum-routes
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the maximum number of remote routes that can be held within a VPN VRF context. Local, host, static and aggregate routes are not counted.

The VPRN service ID must be in a shutdown state to modify the maximum-routes command parameters.

If the log-only keyword is not specified and the maximum-routes value is set below the existing number of routes in a VRF, the offending RIP peer (if applicable) is brought down (but the VPRN instance remains up). BGP peering remains up but the exceeding BGP routes are not added to the VRF.

The maximum route threshold can dynamically change to increase the number of supported routes, even when the maximum has already been reached. Protocols resubmit their routes that were initially rejected.

The no form of this command disables any limit on the number of routes within a VRF context. Issue the no form of this command only when the VPRN instance is shutdown.

Default 

0 or disabled

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the maximum number of routes to be held in a VRF context.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

log-only—
Keyword to specify that if the maximum limit is reached, only log the event. The log-only keyword does not disable the learning of new routes.
threshold percent
Specifies the percentage at which a warning log message and SNMP trap should be set. There are two warnings, the first is a mid-level warning at the threshold value set, and the second is a high-level warning at level between the maximum number of routes and the mid-level rate ( [mid+max] / 2 ).
Values—
0 to 100

 

route-distinguisher

Syntax 
route-distinguisher [ip-address:number | asn:number]
no route-distinguisher
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command sets the identifier attached to routes the VPN belongs to. Each routing instance must have a unique (within the carrier domain) route distinguisher associated with it. A route distinguisher must be defined for a VPRN to be operationally active.

Default 

no route-distinguisher

Parameters 
The route distinguisher is a 6-byte value that can be specified in one of the following formats:
ip-address:number —
Specifies the IP address in dotted decimal notation. The assigned number must not be greater than 65535.
asn:number—
Specifies the AS number as a 2-byte value less than or equal to 65535. The assigned number can be any 32-bit unsigned integer value.

router-id

Syntax 
router-id ip-address
no router-id
Context 
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command sets the router ID for a specific VPRN context.

If neither the router ID nor system interface are defined, the router ID from the base router context is inherited.

The no form of this command removes the router ID definition from the specific VPRN context.

Default 

no router-id

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address, in dotted decimal notation.

service-name

Syntax 
service-name service-name
no service-name
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures an optional service name that adds a name identifier to a specific service to then use that service name in configuration references as well as display and use service names in show commands throughout the system. This helps the service provider or administrator to identify and manage services within the 7210 SAS platforms.

All services are required to assign a service ID to initially create a service. However, either the service ID or the service name can be used to identify and reference a specific service when it is initially created.

Parameters 
service-name—
Specifies a unique service name to identify the service, up to 64 characters. Service names may not begin with an integer (0 to 9).

snmp

Syntax 
snmp
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure SNMP parameters for this VPRN.

community

Syntax 
community community-name [hash | hash2] [access-permissions] [version SNMP-version]
no community [community-name]
Context 
config>service>vprn>snmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the SNMP community names to be used with the associated VPRN instance. These VPRN community names associate SNMP v1/v2c requests with a particular VPRN context and to return a reply that contains VPRN-specific data or limit SNMP access to data in a specific VPRN instance.

VPRN SNMP communities configured with an access permission of “r” are automatically associated with the default access group "snmp-vprn-ro” and the “vprn-view” view (read only). VPRN SNMP communities configured with an access permission of “rw” are automatically associated with the default access group "snmp-vprn” and the “vprn-view” view (read/write).

The community in an SNMP v1/v2 request determines the SNMP context (the VPRN number for accessing SNMP tables) and not the VPRN of the incoming interface on which the request is received. When an SNMP request arrives on VPRN 5 interface “ringo” with a destination IP address equal to the “ringo” interface, but the community in the SNMP request is the community configured against VPRN 101, the SNMP request will be processed using the VPRN 101 context (the response will contain information about VPRN 101). Nokia recommends to avoid using a simple series of vprn snmp-community values that are similar to each other (for example, avoid my-vprncomm-1, my-vprn-comm-2, and so on).

By default, the SNMP community must be explicitly specified.

The no form of this command removes the SNMP community name from the specific VPRN context.

Parameters 
community-name—
Specifies the SNMP v1/v2c community name. This is a secret/confidential key used to access SNMP and specify a context (base vs vprn1 vs vprn2).
hash—
Keyword that specifies the key is entered in an encrypted form. If the hash or hash2 parameter is not used, the key is assumed to be in an unencrypted, clear text form. For security, all keys are stored in encrypted form in the configuration file with the hash or hash2 parameter specified.
hash2—
Keyword that specifies the key is entered in a more complex encrypted form that involves more variables than the key value alone, meaning that the hash2 encrypted variable cannot be copied and pasted. If the hash or hash2 parameter is not used, the key is assumed to be in an unencrypted, clear text form. For security, all keys are stored in encrypted form in the configuration file with the hash or hash2 parameter specified.
version SNMP-version
Specifies the SNMP version.
Values—
v1, v2c, both

 

access-permissions—
Specifies the access rights to MIB objects.
Values—
r — Keyword that grants only read access to MIB objects. Creates an association of the community-name with the snmp-vprn-ro access group.
rw — Keyword that grants read and write access to MIB objects. Creates an association of the community-name with the snmp-vprn access group.

 

source-address

Syntax 
source-address
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to specify the source address and application that should be used in all unsolicited packets.

application

Syntax 
application app [ip-int-name|ip-address]
no application app
Context 
config>service>vprn>source-address
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the source address and application.

Parameters 
app—
Specifies the application name.
Values—
telnet, ssh, traceroute, ping

 

ip-int-name | ip-address—
Specifies the name of the IP interface or IP address. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

static-route

Syntax 
[no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] {next-hop ip-int-name | ip-address | ipsec-tunnel ipsec-tunnel-name} [bfd-enable | {cpe-check cpe-ip-address [interval seconds] [drop-count count] [log]}]
[no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] indirect ip-address [cpe-check cpe-ip-address [interval seconds][drop-count count] [log]]
[no] static-route {ip-prefix/prefix-length | ip-prefix netmask} [preference preference] [metric metric] [tag tag] [enable | disable] black-hole
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command creates static route entries within the associated router instance. When configuring a static route, either next-hop, indirect, or black-hole must be configured.

If a CPE connectivity check target address is already being used as the target address in a different static route, cpe-check parameters must match. If they do not, the new configuration command is rejected.

If a static-route command is issued with no cpe-check target, but the destination prefix/netmask and next hop matches a static route that did have an associated cpe-check, the cpe-check test will be removed from the associated static route.

The no form of this command deletes the static route entry. If a static route needs to be removed when multiple static routes exist to the same destination, as many parameters as are required to uniquely identify the static route must be entered.

Parameters 
ip-prefix—
Specifies the destination address of the aggregate route in dotted decimal notation.
Values—

ipv4-prefix:

a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

ipv4-prefix-length:

0 to 32

 

netmask—
Specifies the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d (network bits all 1 and host bits all 0)

 

ip-int-name—
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service ies interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed with double quotes.
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the IP interface. The ip-addr portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
ipv4-address a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

 

enable—
Keyword that specifies static routes can be administratively enabled or disabled. Use the enable parameter to reenable a disabled static route. To enable a static route, it must be uniquely identified by the IP address, mask, and any other parameter that is required to identify the exact static route.

The administrative state is maintained in the configuration file.

Default—
enable
disable—
Keyword that specifies static routes can be administratively enabled or disabled. Use the disable parameter to disable a static route while maintaining the static route in the configuration. To enable a static route, it must be uniquely identified by the IP address, mask, and any other parameter that is required to identify the exact static route.

The administrative state is maintained in the configuration file.

Default—
enable
interval seconds—
Specifies the interval between ICMP pings to the target IP address.
Values—
1 to 255 seconds

 

Default—
1 second
drop-count count—
Specifies the number of consecutive ping-replies that must be missed to declare the CPE down and to deactivate the associated static route.
Values—
Value range: 1 to 255

 

Default—
3
log—
Optional keyword that enables the ability to log transitions between active and in-active based on the CPE connectivity check. Events should be sent to the system log, syslog, and SNMP traps.
next-hop [ip-address | ip-int-name]
Specifies the directly connected next-hop IP address used to reach the destination. If the next hop is over an unnumbered interface, the ip-int-name of the unnumbered interface (on this node) can be configured.

The next-hop keyword and the indirect or black-hole keywords are mutually exclusive. If an identical command is entered (with the exception of either the indirect or black-hole parameters), this static route is replaced with the newly entered command, and unless specified, the respective defaults for preference and metric will be applied.

The ip-address configured here can be either on the network side or the access side on this node. This address must be associated with a network directly connected to a network configured on this node.

indirect ip-address
Specifies that the route is indirect and specifies the next-hop IP address used to reach the destination.

The configured ip-address is not directly connected to a network configured on this node. The destination can be reachable via multiple paths. The static route remains valid as long as the address configured as the indirect address remains a valid entry in the routing table. Indirect static routes cannot use an ip-prefix/mask to another indirect static route.

The indirect keyword and the next-hop or black-hole keywords are mutually exclusive. If an identical command is entered (with the exception of either the next-hop or black-hole parameters), this static route is replaced with the newly entered command and unless specified the respective defaults for preference and metric are applied.

The ip-address configured can be either on the network or the access side and is at least one hop away from this node.

black-hole—
Keyword that specifies a black hole route, meaning that if the destination address on a packet matches this static route it is silently discarded.

The black-hole keyword is mutually exclusive with the next-hop or indirect keywords. If an identical command is entered, with exception of the next-hop or indirect parameters, the static route is replaced with the new command, and unless specified, the respective defaults for preference and metric are applied.

preference preference
Specifies the preference of this static route (as opposed to the routes from different sources such as BGP or OSPF), expressed as a decimal integer. When modifying the preference value of an existing static route, unless specified, the metric does not change.

If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol, the lowest cost route is used. If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol and the costs (metrics) are equal, the decision of which route to use is determined by the configuration of the ECMP command.

Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
5
metric metric
Specifies the cost metric for the static route, expressed as a decimal integer. This value is used when importing this static route into other protocols such as OSPF. This value is also used to determine the static route to install in the forwarding table. When modifying the metrices of an existing static route, unless specified, the preference does not change.

If there are multiple static routes with the same preference but unequal metrices, the lower cost (metric) route is installed. If there are multiple static routes with equal preference and metrics, ECMP rules apply. If there are multiple routes with unequal preferences, the lower preference route is installed.

Values—
0 to 65535

 

Default—
1
tag—
Keyword that adds a 32-bit integer tag to the static route. The tag is used in route policies to control distribution of the route into other protocols.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

bfd-enable—
Keyword that associates the state of the static route to a BFD session between the local system and the configured next hop. This keyword cannot be configured if the next hop has indirect or a blackhole keywords specified.
cpe-check target-ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the target CPE device. ICMP pings are sent to this target IP address. This parameter must be configured to enable the CPE connectivity feature for the associated static route. The target-ip-address cannot be in the same subnet as the static route subnet itself to avoid possible circular references. This option is mutually exclusive with BFD support on a specific static route.
Default—
no cpe-check enabled

vrf-export

Syntax 
vrf-export policy [policy...]
no vrf-export
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the export policies to control routes exported from the local VPN VRF to other VRFs on the same or remote PE routers (via MP-BGP).

By default, no routes are exported from the VRF.

The no form of this command removes all route policy names from the export list.

Parameters 
policy—
Specifies the route policy statement name.

vrf-import

Syntax 
vrf-import policy [policy...]
no vrf-import
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command sets the import policies to control routes imported to the local VPN VRF from other VRFs on the same or remote PE routers (via MP-BGP). BGP-VPN routes imported with a VRF-import policy use the BGP preference value of 170 when imported from remote PE routers, or retain the protocol preference value of the exported route when imported from other VRFs on the same router, unless the preference is changed by the policy.

By default, no routes are accepted into the VRF.

The no form of this command removes all route policy names from the import list.

Parameters 
policy—
Specifies the route policy statement name.

8.4.2.1.3. Router DHCP Configuration Commands

dhcp

Syntax 
dhcp
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure DHCP parameters.

local-dhcp-server

Syntax 
local-dhcp-server server-name [create]
no local-dhcp-server server-name
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if
config>service>vprn>nw-if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command instantiates a local DHCP server. A local DHCP server can serve multiple interfaces but is limited to the routing context in was which it was created.

Note:

The DHCP server is supported only for craft access for local management of the node. It must not be used as a general purpose DHCP server.

Parameters 
server-name—
Specifies the name of local DHCP server.
create—
Keyword used to create the server name. The create keyword requirement can be enabled and disabled in the environment>create context.

force-renews

Syntax 
[no] force-renews
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the sending of “forcerenew” messages.

The no form of this command disables the sending of “forcerenew” messages.

Default 

no force-renews

pool

Syntax 
pool pool-name [create]
no pool pool-name
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>local-dhcp-server
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a DHCP address pool on the router.

Parameters 
pool name—
Specifies the name of this IP address pool. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters.
create—
Keyword used to create the entity. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.

max-lease-time

Syntax 
max-lease-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no max-lease-time
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>local-dhcp-server>pool
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the maximum amount of time that a client can lease the IP address.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

max-lease-time days 10

Parameters 
days—
Specifies the number of days in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 3650

 

hours—
Specifies the number of hours in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 23

 

minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

min-lease-time

Syntax 
min-lease-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no min-lease-time
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>local-dhcp-server>pool
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the minimum amount of time that a client can lease the IP address.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

min-lease-time min 10

Parameters 
days—
Specifies the number of days in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 3650

 

hours—
Specifies the number of hours in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 23

 

minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

minimum-free

Syntax 
minimum-free minimum-free [percent] [event-when-depleted]
no minimum-free
Context 
config>router>dhcp>server>pool
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the desired minimum number of free addresses in this pool.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

1

Parameters 
minimum-free—
Specifies the minimum number of free addresses.
Values—
0 to 255

 

percent—
Keyword to specify that the value is a percentage.
event-when-depleted—
Keyword that enables a system-generated event when all available addresses in the pool or subnet of the local DHCP server are depleted.

nak-non-matching-subnet

Syntax 
[no] nak-non-matching-subnet
Context 
config>router>dhcp>server>pool
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the local DHCPv4 server handling of an Option 50 request. Option 50 indicates a client request for a previously allocated message, as described in section 3.2 of RFC 2131, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.

When this command is enabled, the address allocation algorithm uses a pool to search for the address specified in Option 10. If the address is not found in the pool, the system returns a DHCP NAK message. If the message is found, the system drops the DHCP packet.

Default 

no nak-non-matching-subnet

offer-time

Syntax 
offer-time [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no offer-time
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the offer time.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

1 minute

Parameters 
minutes—
Specifies the offer time in minutes.
Values—
0 to 10

 

seconds—
Specifies the offer time in seconds.
Values—
0 to 59

 

options

Syntax 
options
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure pool options. The options defined in this context can be overruled if the same option is defined in the local user database.

custom-option

Syntax 
custom-option option-number address [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
custom-option option-number hex hex-string
custom-option option-number string ascii-string
no custom-option option-number
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>options
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>subnet>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures specific DHCP options. The option defined in this context can be overruled if the same option is defined in the local user database.

The no form of the removes the option from the configuration.

Parameters 
option-number—
Specifies the option number that the DHCP server uses to send the identification strings to the DHCP client.
Values—
1 to 254

 

address ip-address
Specifies the IP address of this host.
hex hex-string
Specifies the hex value of this option.
Values—
0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF (maximum 254 hex nibbles)

 

string ascii-string
Specifies the value of this option up to 127 characters.

dns-server

Syntax 
dns-server ip-address [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the IP address of the DNS server.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the DNS server. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

domain-name

Syntax 
domain-name domain-name
no domain-name
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the default domain for a DHCP client that the router uses to complete unqualified hostnames (without a dotted-decimal domain name).

The no form of this command removes the name from the configuration.

Parameters 
domain-name—
Specifies the domain name for the client up to 127 characters.

lease-rebind-time

Syntax 
lease-rebind-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no lease-rebind-time
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the time the client transitions to a rebinding state.

The no form of this command removes the time from the configuration.

Parameters 
days—
Specifies the number of days in the lease rebind time.
Values—
0 to 3650

 

hours—
Specifies the number of hours in the lease rebind time.
Values—
0 to 23

 

minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes in the lease rebind time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds in the lease rebind time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

lease-renew-time

Syntax 
lease-renew-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no lease-renew-time
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the time the client transitions to a renew state.

The no form of this command removes the time from the configuration.

Parameters 
days—
Specifies the number of days in the lease renew time.
Values—
0 to 3650

 

hours—
Specifies the number of hours in the lease renew time.
Values—
0 to 23

 

minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes in the lease renew time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds in the lease renew time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

lease-time

Syntax 
lease-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no lease-time
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the amount of time that the DHCP server grants to the DHCP client to use a particular IP address.

The no form of this command removes the lease time parameters from the configuration.

Parameters 
days—
Specifies the number of days in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 3650

 

hours—
Specifies the number of hours in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 23

 

minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

subnet

Syntax 
subnet {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [create]
no subnet {ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask}
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a subnet of IP addresses to be served from the pool. The subnet cannot include any addresses that were assigned to subscribers without those addresses specifically excluded. When the subnet is created, no IP addresses are made available until a range is defined.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the base IP address of the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d (no multicast address)

 

mask—
Specifies the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
8 to 30

 

netmask—
Specifies a string of 0s and 1s that mask or screen out the network part of an IP address so that only the host computer part of the address remains.
Values—
a.b.c.d (any mask expressed as dotted quad)

 

create—
Keyword used to create the entity. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.

address-range

Syntax 
[no] address-range start-ip-address end-ip-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>subnet
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a range of IP addresses to be served from the pool. All IP addresses between the start and end IP addresses are included (other than specific excluded addresses).

Parameters 
start-ip-address—
Specifies the start address of this range to include. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

end-ip-address—
Specifies the end address of this range to include. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

exclude-addresses

Syntax 
[no] exclude-addresses start-ip-address [end-ip-address]
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>subnet
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies a range of IP addresses that are excluded from the pool of IP addresses in this subnet.

Parameters 
start-ip-address—
Specifies the start address of this range to exclude. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

end-ip-address—
Specifies the end address of this range to exclude. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

maximum-declined

Syntax 
maximum-declined maximum-declined
no maximum-declined
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>subnet
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the maximum number of declined addresses allowed.

Default 

64

Parameters 
maximum-declined—
Specifies the maximum number of declined addresses allowed.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

minimum-free

Syntax 
minimum-free minimum-free
no minimum-free
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>subnet
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the minimum number of free addresses in this subnet. If the actual number of free addresses in this subnet falls below this configured minimum, a notification is generated.

Default 

1

Parameters 
minimum-free—
Specifies the minimum number of free addresses in this subnet.
Values—
0 to 255

 

default-router

Syntax 
default-router ip-address [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
no default-router
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>subnet
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the IP address of the default router for a DHCP client. Up to four IP addresses can be specified.

The no form of this command removes the addresses from the configuration.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the default router. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

subnet-mask

Syntax 
subnet-mask ip-address
no subnet-mask
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>subnet
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the subnet-mask option to the client. The mask can either be defined (for supernetting) or taken from the pool address.

The no form of this command removes the address from the configuration.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the subnet mask. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

use-gi-address

Syntax 
[no] use-gi-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the use of gateway IP address (GIADDR) matching. If the gi-address flag is enabled, a pool can be used even if a subnet is not found. If the local-user-db-name is not used, the gi-address flag is used and addresses are handed out by GI only. If a user must be blocked from getting an address, the server maps to a local user database and configures the user with no address.

A pool can include multiple subnets. Because the GIADDR is shared by multiple subnets in a subscriber-interface, the pool may provide IP addresses from any of the subnets included when the GIADDR is matched to any of its subnets. This allows a pool to be created that represents a subnet.

Default 

no use-gi-address

user-db

Syntax 
user-db local-user-db-name
no user-db
Context 
config>service>vprn>dhcp>server
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a local user database for authentication.

Default 

no user-db

Parameters 
local-user-db-name —
Specifies the name of a local user database.

vrf-target

Syntax 
vrf-target {ext-community | export ext-community | import ext-community}
no vrf-target
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the route target to be added to the advertised routes or compared against the received routes from other VRFs on the same or remote PE routers. Specified vrf-import or vrf-export policies override the vrf-target policy.

The no form of this command removes the vrf-target.

Default 

no vrf-target

Parameters 
ext-community—
Specifies an extended BGP community in the type:x:y format. The value x can be an integer or IP address. The type can be the target or origin. x and y are 16-bit integers.
Values—

target:{ip-address:comm-val |2byte-asnumber:ext-comm-val|4byte-asnumber:comm-val}

ip-address:

a.b.c.d

comm-val:

0 to 65535

2byte-asnumber:

1 to 65535

4byte-asnumber

0 to 4294967295

 

import ext-community
Specifies communities allowed to be accepted from remote PE neighbors.
export ext-community
Specifies communities allowed to be sent to remote PE neighbors.

8.4.2.1.4. IPOE Commands

subscriber-mgmt

Syntax 
subscriber-mgmt
Context 
config
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure subscriber management entities. A subscriber is uniquely identified by a subscriber identification string. Each subscriber can have one DHCP session active at any time. Each session is referred to as a subscriber host and is identified by its IP address and MAC address.

Note:

On 7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T, the 7x50 subscriber management CLI is inherited to allow users to configure a DHCP address for specific hosts when using DHCP server for local craft access. 7210 SAS platforms do not support subscriber management. In all the commands under this section, in the context of 7210 SAS usage, DHCP subscriber refers to an IP host requesting an IP address.

local-user-db

Syntax 
local-user-db local-user-db-name [create]
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure a local user database.

Default 

no local-user-db

Parameters 
local-user-db-name—
Specifies the name of a local user database.
create—
Keyword to create the local user database.

ipoe

Syntax 
ipoe
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures IPoE host parameters.

mask

Syntax 
mask type dhcp-match-type {[prefix-string prefix-string | prefix-length prefix-length] [suffix-string suffix-string | suffix-length suffix-length]}
no mask type dhcp-match-type
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the mask.

Parameters 
dhcp-match-type—
Specifies up to four matching types to identify a host.
Values—
DHCP: circuit-id, option60, remote-id, sap-id, string, system-id
PPP: circuit-id, remote-id, service-name, username

 

prefix-string prefix-string
Specifies a substring that is removed from the start of the incoming circuit ID before it is matched against the value configured in the DHCP or PPPOE circuit ID. This string can contain only printable ASCII characters. The “*” character is a wildcard that matches any substring. If a “\” character is masked, use the escape key so it becomes “\\”.
Values—
127 characters maximum

 

prefix-length prefix-length
Specifies the number of characters to remove from the start of the incoming circuit ID before it is matched against the value configured in the DHCP circuit ID.
Values—
1 to 127

 

suffix-string suffix-string
Specifies a substring that is removed from the end of the incoming circuit ID before it is matched against the value configured in DHCP circuit ID. This string can only contain printable ASCII characters. The “*” character is a wildcard that matches any substring. If a “\” character is masked, use the escape key so it becomes “\\”.
Values—
127 characters maximum

 

suffix-length suffix-length
Specifies the number of characters to remove from the end of the incoming circuit ID before it is matched against the value configured in the DHCP circuit ID.
Values—
1 to 127

 

host

Syntax 
host host-name [create]
no host host-name
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command defines a DHCP subscriber.

Parameters 
host-name—
Specifies the host name.
create—
Keyword used to create the host name. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.

address

Syntax 
address gi-address [scope scope]
address ip-address[/prefix-length]
address pool pool-name [secondary-pool sec-pool-name] [delimiter delimiter]
address use-pool-from-client [delimiter delimiter]
no address
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the IP address definition for the host.

When the user database is from a local DHCP server, this command defines the IP address the server “offers” to the DHCP-client.

When the user database is used for PPPoE authentication, the gi-address parameter cannot be used. A fixed IP address then causes PPPoE to use this IP address. If no IP address is specified, the PPPoE looks for an IP address by other means (in this case, DHCP). If a pool name is specified, this pool is sent in the DHCP request so that it can be used by the DHCP server to determine which address to give to the host.

The no form of this command causes no IP address to be assigned to this host. In a user database referred to from a local DHCP server, creating a host without address information causes the matching client to never receive an IP address.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

no address

Parameters 
gi-address—
When specified, the gi-address of the DHCP message is taken to look for a subnet in the local DHCP server. The first available free address of the subnet is taken and “offered” to the host. When local-user-db is used for PPPoE authentication, this has the same result as no address.
ip-address—
Specifies the fixed IP address to use for this host.
pool-name/sec-pool-name—
Specifies the primary (and secondary) pool (in the local DHCP server) to use to search for an available address. The first available IP address from any subnet in the pool is used. When the local user database is used for PPPoE authentication, the specified pool name is sent to the DHCP server in a vendor-specific suboption under Option 82
use-pool-from-client—
Specifies to use the pool-name in the Option 82 vendor-specific suboption.
delimiter delimiter
Specifies a single ASCII character as the delimiter to separate primary and secondary pool names in Option 82 VSO.

gi-address

Syntax 
gi-address ip-address
no gi-address
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the selection of GI addresses based on the host entry in local use database.

The gi-address must be a valid address (associated with an interface) within the routing context that received the DHCP message on the access side.

Default 

no gi-address

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IPv4 GI address.

auth-domain-name

Syntax 
auth-domain-name domain-name
no auth-domain-name
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the domain name that is appended to a user name in RADIUS-authentication-request messages for the specific host.

Parameters 
domain-name—
Specifies the domain name to be appended to a user name in RADIUS-authentication-request message for the specific host.

host-identification

Syntax 
host-identification
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure host identification parameters.

server

Syntax 
server ip-address
no server
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the IP address of the DHCP server to which to relay.

The no form of this command removes the DHCP server IP address from the configuration.

The configured DHCP server IP address must reference one of the addresses configured under the DHCP CLI context of an IES or VPRN subscriber.

Default 

no server

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the DHCP server.

circuit-id

Syntax 
circuit-id string ascii-string
circuit-id hex hex-string
no circuit-id
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>host-ident
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the circuit ID to match.

Parameters 
ascii-string—
Specifies the circuit ID from the Option 82.
hex-string—
Specifies the circuit ID in hexadecimal format from the Option 82.
Values—
0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF (maximum 254 hex nibbles)

 

encap-tag-range

Syntax 
encap-tag-range start-tag start-tag end-tag end-tag
no encap-tag-range
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>host-ident
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a range of encapsulation tags as the host identifications. The encapsulation tag is dot1q or qinq on an Ethernet port.

For dot1q, the start and end tag is single number, ranging from 0 ti 4094; for QinQ, the start and end tag format is x.y, x or y could be “*”, which indicates to ignore the inner or outer tag.

This command can be used only when encap-tag-range is configured as one of the match-list parameters.

The no form of this command removes the values from the configuration.

Parameters 
start-tag start-tag
Specifies the value of the start label in the range of SAPs allowed on this host.
Values—

start-tag

dot1q

qtag1

qinq

(qtag1.qtag2 | qtag1.* | *.qtag2)

qtag1

0 to 4094

qtag2

0 to 4094

vpi

0 to 4095 (NNI)

0 to 255 (UNI)

vci

1 to 65535

 

end-tag end-tag
Specifies the value of the end label in the range of SAPs allowed on this host.
Values—

end-tag

dot1q

qtag1

qinq

(qtag1.qtag2 | qtag1.* | *.qtag2)

qtag1

0 to 4094

qtag2

0 to 4094

vpi

0 to 4095 (NNI)

0 to 255 (UNI)

vci

1 to 65535

 

mac

Syntax 
mac ieee-address
no mac
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>host-ident
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the MAC address to match.

Parameters 
ieee-address—
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee, and ff are hexadecimal numbers.

option60

Syntax 
option60 hex-string
no option60
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>host-ident
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the Vendor-Identifying Vendor Option to match. Option 60 is encoded as Type-Length-Value (TLV). The hex-string portion of Option 60 in the received DHCP request is used for matching. Only the first 32 bytes can be defined using this command. If Option 60 included in the message is longer, those bytes are ignored.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

no option60

Parameters 
hex-string—
Specifies the hex value of this option.
Values—
0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF(maximum 254 hex nibbles)

 

remote-id

Syntax 
remote-id hex-string
remote-id ascii-string
no remote-id
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>host-ident
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the remote ID of the host.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no remote-id

Parameters 
remote-id—
Specifies the remote ID.

sap-id

Syntax 
sap-id sap-id
no sap-id
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>host-ident
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the SAP ID from the Nokia vendor-specific suboption in Option 82 to match.

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies a SAP ID, up to 255 characters.

service-id

Syntax 
service-id service-id
no service-id
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>host-ident
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies an existing service ID from the Nokia vendor-specific suboption in Option 82 to match.

Parameters 
service-id—
Specifies an existing service ID.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

string

Syntax 
string string
no string
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>host-ident
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the string from the Nokia vendor-specific suboption in Option 82 to match.

Parameters 
string—
Specifies the string, up to 255 characters.

system-id

Syntax 
system-id system-id
no system-id
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>host-ident
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the system ID from the Nokia vendor-specific suboption in Option 82 to match.

Parameters 
system-id—
Specifies the system ID, up to 255 characters.

options

Syntax 
options
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure pool options. The options defined at the host level are overruled if the same option is defined at the local user database level.

custom-option

Syntax 
custom-option option-number address [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
custom-option option-number hex hex-string
custom-option option-number string ascii-string
no custom-option option-number
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures specific DHCP options. The options defined at the host level are overruled if the same option is defined at the local user database level.

The no form of this command removes the option from the configuration.

Parameters 
option-number—
Specifies the option number that the DHCP server uses to send the identification strings to the DHCP client.
Values—
1 to 254

 

address ip-address
Specifies the IP address of this host.
hex hex-string
Specifies the hex value of this option.
Values—
0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF (maximum 254 hex nibbles)

 

string ascii-string
Specifies the value of this option, up to 127 characters.

default-router

Syntax 
default-router ip-address [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
no default-router
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the IP address of the default router for a DHCP client. Up to four IP addresses can be specified.

The no form of this command removes the addresses from the configuration.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the default router. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

dns-server

Syntax 
dns-server address [ip-address...(up to 4 max)]
no dns-server
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the IP address of the DNS server.

Parameters 
ipv6-address—
Specifies the IPv4 address of the DNS server. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

domain-name

Syntax 
domain-name domain-name
no domain-name
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the default domain for a DHCP client that the router uses to complete unqualified host names (without a dotted-decimal domain name).

The no form of this command removes the name from the configuration.

Parameters 
domain-name—
Specifies the domain name for the client, up to 127 characters.

lease-rebind-time

Syntax 
lease-rebind-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no lease-rebind-time
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the time the client transitions to a rebinding state.

The no form of this command removes the time from the configuration.

Parameters 
days—
Specifies the number of days in the lease rebind time.
Values—
0 to 3650

 

hours—
Specifies the number of hours in the lease rebind time.
Values—
0 to 23

 

minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes in the lease rebind time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds in the lease rebind time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

lease-renew-time

Syntax 
lease-renew-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no lease-renew-time
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the time the client transitions to a renew state.

The no form of this command removes the time from the configuration.

Parameters 
days—
Specifies the number of days in the lease renew time.
Values—
0 to 3650

 

hours—
Specifies the number of hours in the lease renew time.
Values—
0 to 23

 

minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes in the lease renew time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds in the lease renew time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

lease-time

Syntax 
lease-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no lease-time
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the amount of time that the DHCP server grants to the DHCP client to use a particular IP address.

The no form of this command removes the lease time parameters from the configuration.

Parameters 
days—
Specifies the number of days in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 3650

 

hours—
Specifies the number of hours in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 23

 

minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds in the lease time.
Values—
0 to 59

 

subnet-mask

Syntax 
subnet-mask ip-address
no subnet-mask
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>options
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the subnet-mask option to the client. The mask can either be defined (for supernetting) or taken from the pool address.

The no form of this command removes the address from the configuration.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the subnet mask. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

mask

Syntax 
mask type dhcp-match-type {[prefix-string prefix-string | prefix-length prefix-length] [suffix-string suffix-string | suffix-length suffix-length]}
no mask type dhcp-match-type
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the mask.

Parameters 
dhcp-match-type—
Specifies the data type that represents the type of matching done to identify a DHCP host.
Values—
circuit-id, option60, remote-id, sap-id, string, system-id

 

prefix-string prefix-string
Specifies a substring that is stripped of the start of the incoming circuit ID before it is matched against the value configured in the DHCP circuit ID. This string can only contain printable ASCII characters. The “*” character is a wildcard that matches any substring. If a "\" character is masked, use the escape key so it becomes "\\".
Values—
127 characters maximum, “*”

 

prefix-length prefix-length
Specifies the number of characters to remove from the start of the incoming circuit ID before it is matched against the value configured in the circuit ID.
Values—
1 to 127

 

suffix-string suffix-string
Specifies a substring that is stripped of the end of the incoming circuit ID before it is matched against the value configured in circuit ID.

This string can contain only printable ASCII characters. The “*” character is a wildcard that matches any substring. If a "\" character is masked, use the escape key so it becomes "\\".

Values—
127 characters maximum

 

suffix-length suffix-length
Specifies the number of characters to remove from the end of the incoming circuit ID before it is matched against the value configured in the circuit ID.
Values—
1 to 127

 

match-list

Syntax 
match-list match-type-1 [match-type-2...(up to 4 max)]
no match-list
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the type of matching done to identify a host.

Default 

no match-list

Parameters 
match-type-x—
Specifies up to four matching types to identify a host.
Values—
circuit-id, mac, option60, remote-id, sap-id, service-id, string, system-id
circuit-id — Specifies the DHCP4 option (82,1) or DHCP6 option 18.
mac — Specifies the MAC address of the client. Chaddr in DHCP4 and DUID in IPv6.
option60 — Specifies the DHCP4 option 60.
remote-id — Specifies the DHCP4 option (82,2) or DHCP6 option 37
sap-id — Specifies the SAP ID on which DHCPv4 packet are received. This parameter is inserted as ALU VSO (82,9,4) by the DHCPv4 relay in router. The parameter is inserted under the vendor-specific-option context of the DHCPv4 relay. Because the DHCP relay configuration is enabled under the group-interface context, the group-interface and service-id must be known before the sap-id can be used for local user database matching.
service-id — Specifies the service ID of the ingress SAP for DHCPv4 packets. This parameter is inserted as ALU VSO (82,9,3) by the DHCPv4 relay in the router. This parameter is insered under the vendor-specific-option context of the DHCPv4 relay.
string — Specifies the custom string configured under the vendor-specific-option context of the DHCPv4 relay. The string is inserted as ALU VSO (82,9,5) by the DHCPv4 relay in router. Because the DHCP relay configuration is enabled under the group-interface context, the group-interface and service-id must be known before the string can be used for local user database matching.
system-id — Specifies the system ID of the node name configured under the system>name context. This parameter is inserted as ALU VSO (82,9,1) by the DHCPv4 relay in the router. This parameter is inserted under the vendor-specific-option context of the DHCPv4 relay. Because the DHCP relay configuration is enabled under the group-interface context, the group-interface and service-id must be known before the system-id can be used for local user database matching.

 

shutdown

Syntax 
[no] shutdown
Context 
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db
config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics.

The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be deleted.

The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively enabled state.

8.4.2.1.5. SDP Commands

spoke-sdp

Syntax 
[no] spoke-sdp sdp-id
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command binds a service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP). The SDP defines the transport tunnel to which this VPRN service is bound.

The SDP has an operational state that determines the operational state of the SDP within the service; for example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service is down.

The SDP must exist in the config>service>sdp context before it can be associated with a VPRN service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id exists, a binding between the specific sdp-id and service is created.

SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service to allow far-end routers to participate in the service. Alternatively, auto-bind can be used. With auto-bind, no VPRN spoke-SDP configuration is required. When both auto-bind and spoke-sdp are configured, spoke-sdp takes precedence. The spoke-sdp configuration must be undone for auto-bind to take effect.

The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service; the SDP configuration is not affected. When the SDP binding is removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.

Special Cases 
VPRN—
Several SDPs can be bound to a VPRN service. Each SDP must be destined to a different 7210 SAS router. If two sdp-id bindings terminate on the same 72107210 SAS, an error occurs and the second SDP binding is rejected.
Parameters 
sdp-id—
Specifies the SDP identifier. Allowed values are integers for existing SDPs.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
Specifies the virtual circuit identifier.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

8.4.2.1.6. Interface Commands

interface

Syntax 
interface ip-int-name
no interface ip-int-name
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command creates a logical IP routing interface for a Virtual Private Routed Network (VPRN). When created, attributes like an IP address and SAP can be associated with the IP interface.

The interface command, under the context of services, is used to create and maintain IP routing interfaces within VPRN service IDs. The interface command can be executed in the context of an VPRN service ID. The IP interface created is associated with the service core network routing instance and default routing table. The typical use for IP interfaces created in this manner is for subscriber Internet access.

Interface names are case-sensitive and must be unique within the group of IP interfaces defined for config router interface and config service vprn interface. Interface names must not be in the dotted decimal notation of an IP address; for example, the name 1.1.1.1 is not allowed, but int-1.1.1.1 is allowed. Show commands for router interfaces use either interface names or IP addresses. Use unique IP address values and IP address names to maintain clarity. It could be unclear to the user if the same IP address and IP address name values are used. Although not recommended, duplicate interface names can exist in different router instances.

The available IP address space for local subnets and routes is controlled with the config router service-prefix command. The service-prefix command administers the allowed subnets that can be defined on service IP interfaces. It also controls the prefixes that may be learned or statically defined with the service IP interface as the egress interface. This allows segmenting the IP address space into config router and config service domains.

When a new name is entered, a new logical router interface is created. When an existing interface name is entered, the user enters the router interface context for editing and configuration.

By default, there are no default IP interface names defined within the system. All VPRN IP interfaces must be explicitly defined. Interfaces are created in an enabled state.

The no form of this command removes IP the interface and all the associated configuration. The interface must be administratively shut down before issuing the no interface command.

For VPRN services, the IP interface must be shut down before the SAP on that interface may be removed. VPRN services do not have the shutdown command in the SAP CLI context. VPRN service SAPs rely on the interface status to enable and disable them.

Parameters 
ip-int-name—
Specifies the name of the IP interface. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

If ip-int-name already exists within the service ID, the context will be changed to maintain that IP interface. If ip-int-name already exists within another service ID or is an IP interface defined within the config router commands, an error will occur and context will not be changed to that IP interface. If ip-int-name does not exist, the interface is created and context is changed to that interface for further command processing.

Values—
1 to 32

 

address

Syntax 
address ip-address/mask | ip-address netmask} [broadcast [all-ones | host-ones]
no address
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command assigns an IP address, IP subnet, and broadcast address format to a VPRN IP router interface. Only one IP address can be associated with an IP interface.

An IP address must be assigned to each VPRN IP interface. An IP address and a mask are used together to create a local IP prefix. The defined IP prefix must be unique within the context of the routing instance. It cannot overlap with other existing IP prefixes defined as local subnets on other IP interfaces in the same routing context within the 7210 SAS.

The local subnet that the address command defines must be part of the services address space within the routing context using the config router service-prefix command. The default is to disallow the complete address space to services. When a portion of the address space is allocated as a service prefix, that portion can be made unavailable for IP interfaces defined within the config>router>interface context for network core connectivity with the exclude option in the config router service-prefix command.

The IP address for the interface can be entered in either CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) or traditional dotted decimal notation. The show commands display CIDR notation and are stored in configuration files.

By default, no IP address or subnet association exists on an IP interface until it is explicitly created.

Use the no form of this command to remove the IP address assignment from the IP interface. When the no address command is entered, the interface becomes operationally down.

Address

Admin state

Oper state

No address

up

down

No address

down

down

1.1.1.1

up

up

1.1.1.1

down

down

The operational state is a read-only variable and the only controlling variables are the address and admin states. The address and admin states are independent and can be set independently. If an interface is in an administratively up state and an address is assigned, it becomes operationally up and the protocol interfaces and the MPLS LSPs associated with that IP interface are reinitialized.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the IP interface. The ip-address portion of the address command specifies the IP host address that will be used by the IP interface within the subnet. This address must be unique within the subnet and specified in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are IP addresses.
Values—
1.0.0.0 to 223.255.255.255 (with support of /31 subnets)
a.b.c.d (no multicast/broadcast address)

 

/—
The forward slash is a parameter delimiter and separates the ip-address portion of the IP address from the mask that defines the scope of the local subnet. No spaces are allowed between the ip-address, the “/” and the mask-length parameter. If a forward slash is not immediately following the ip-address, a dotted decimal mask must follow the prefix.
mask—
Specifies the subnet mask length when the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation. When the IP prefix is specified in CIDR notation, a forward slash (/) separates the ip-address from the mask parameter. The mask length parameter indicates the number of bits used for the network portion of the IP address; the remainder of the IP address is used to determine the host portion of the IP address.
Values—
1 to 32

 

netmask—
Specifies the subnet mask in dotted decimal notation. When the IP prefix is not specified in CIDR notation, a space separates the ip-address from a traditional dotted decimal mask. The mask parameter indicates the complete mask that will be used in a logical “AND” function to derive the local subnet of the IP address. Allowed values are dotted decimal addresses. A mask of 255.255.255.255 is reserved for system IP addresses.
Values—
128.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.252
a.b.c.d (no multicast/broadcast address)

 

broadcast—
Keyword that overrides the default broadcast address used by the IP interface when sourcing IP broadcasts on the IP interface. If no broadcast format is specified for the IP address, the default value is host-ones which indicates a subnet broadcast address. Use this parameter to change the broadcast address to all-ones or revert back to a broadcast address of host-ones.

The broadcast format on an IP interface can be specified when the IP address is assigned or changed.

This parameter does not affect the type of broadcasts that can be received by the IP interface. A host sending either the local broadcast (all-ones) or the valid subnet broadcast address (host-ones) will be received by the IP interface.

Default—
host-ones
all-ones—
Keyword to specify that the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address will be 255.255.255.255, also known as the local broadcast.
host-ones—
Keyword to specify that the broadcast address used by the IP interface for this IP address will be the subnet broadcast address. This is an IP address that corresponds to the local subnet described by the ip-address and the mask-length or mask with all the host bits set to binary one. This is the default broadcast address used by an IP interface.

The broadcast parameter within the address command does not have a negation feature, which is usually used to revert a parameter to the default value. To change the broadcast type to host-ones after being changed to all-ones, the address command must be executed with the broadcast parameter defined.

allow-directed-broadcasts

Syntax 
[no] allow-directed-broadcasts
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the forwarding of directed broadcasts out of the IP interface.

A directed broadcast is a packet received on a local router interface destined for the subnet broadcast address on another IP interface. The allow-directed-broadcasts command on an IP interface enables or disables the transmission of packets destined to the subnet broadcast address of the egress IP interface.

When enabled, a frame destined to the local subnet on this IP interface will be sent as a subnet broadcast out this interface. Care should be exercised when allowing directed broadcasts because it is a well-known mechanism used for denial-of-service attacks.

When disabled, directed broadcast packets discarded at this egress IP interface will be counted in the normal discard counters for the egress SAP.

By default, directed broadcasts are not allowed and will be discarded at this egress IP interface.

The no form of this command disables the forwarding of directed broadcasts out of the IP interface.

Default 

no allow-directed-broadcasts

ip-mtu

Syntax 
ip-mtu octets
no ip-mtu
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the IP maximum transmit unit (packet) for this interface.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no ip-mtu

Parameters 
octets—
Specifies the MTU for this interface.
Values—
512 to 9000

 

loopback

Syntax 
[no] loopback
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the associated interface as a loopback interface that has no associated physical interface. As a result, the associated interface cannot be bound to a SAP.

When using mtrace/mstat in a Layer 3 VPN context, the configuration for the VPRN should have a loopback address configured that has the same address as the core instance system address (BGP next hop).

local-proxy-arp

Syntax 
[no] local-proxy-arp
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables local proxy ARP. When local proxy ARP is enabled on an IP interface, the system responds to all ARP requests for IP addresses belonging to the subnet with its own MAC address, and therefore becomes the forwarding point for all traffic between hosts in that subnet. When the local-proxy-arp command is enabled, ICMP redirects on the ports associated with the service are automatically blocked.

Default 

no local-proxy-arp

mac

Syntax 
[no] mac ieee-mac-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command assigns a specific MAC address to a VPRN IP interface. The default is the physical MAC address associated with the Ethernet interface on which the SAP is configured.

The no form of this command reverts the MAC address of the IP interface to the default value.

Parameters 
ieee-mac-address—
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.

Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC, and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.

proxy-arp

Syntax 
[no] proxy-arp
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables proxy ARP on the interface.

Default 

no proxy-arp

proxy-arp-policy

Syntax 
[no] proxy-arp-policy policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables a proxy ARP policy for the interface.

The no form of this command disables the proxy ARP capability.

Default 

no proxy-arp

Parameters 
policy-name—
Specifies the export route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

remote-proxy-arp

Syntax 
[no] remote-proxy-arp
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables remote proxy ARP on the interface.

Remote proxy ARP is similar to proxy ARP. It allows the router to answer an ARP request on an interface for a subnet that is not provisioned on that interface. This allows the router to forward to the other subnet on behalf of the requester. To distinguish remote proxy ARP from local proxy ARP, local proxy ARP performs a similar function but only when the requested IP is on the receiving interface.

static-arp

Syntax 
static-arp ip-address ieee-address
static-arp ieee-address unnumbered
no static-arp ip-address [ieee-address]
no static-arp [ieee-address] unnumbered
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C.

Description 

This command configures a static address resolution protocol (ARP) entry associating an IP address or an unnumbered address with a MAC address for the core router instance. This static ARP appears in the core routing ARP table. A static ARP can be configured only if it exists on the network attached to the IP interface.

If an entry for a particular IP address or unnumbered address already exists and a new MAC address is configured for the IP address, the existing MAC address will be replaced with the new MAC address.

The no form of this command removes a static ARP entry.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address for the static ARP in IP address dotted decimal notation.
ieee-address—
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
unnumbered—
Specifies the static ARP MAC for an unnumbered interface. Unnumbered interfaces support dynamic ARP. If this parameter is configured, it overrides any dynamic ARP.

unnumbered

Syntax 
unnumbered ip-int-name | ip-address
no unnumbered
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C.

Description 

This command sets an IP interface as an unnumbered interface and specifies the IP address to be used for the interface.

To conserve IP addresses, unnumbered interfaces can be configured. The address used when generating packets on this interface is the ip-address parameter configured.

An error message is generated when an unnumbered interface is configured and an IP address already exists on this interface

The no form of this command removes the IP address from the interface, effectively removing the unnumbered property. The interface must be shut down before the no unnumbered command is issued to delete the IP address from the interface or an error message is generated.

Default 

no unnumbered

Parameters 
ip-int-name | ip-address—
Specifies the IP interface name or IP address with which to associate the unnumbered IP interface in dotted decimal notation. The configured IP address must exist on this node. Nokia recommends using the system IP address, because it is not associated with a particular interface and is therefore always reachable. The system IP address is the default if ip-int-name or ip-address is not configured.

8.4.2.1.7. VPRN IPv6 Interface Commands

ipv6

Syntax 
ipv6
no ipv6
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure IPv6 for an VPRN interface.

The no form of this command disables IPv6.

Default 

no ipv6

address

Syntax 
ipv6 ipv6-address/prefix-length [eui-64] [preferred]
no ipv6 ipv6-address/prefix-length
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command assigns an address to the IPv6 interface.

The no form of this command deletes the specified IPv6 address.

Parameters 
ipv6-address/prefix-length—
Specifies the interface IP address.
Values—

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x: [0 — FFFF]H

d: [0 — 255]D

prefix-length:

1 to 128

 

eui-64—
Keyword to specify that a complete IPv6 address from the supplied prefix and 64-bit interface identifier is formed. The 64-bit interface identifier is derived from the MAC address on Ethernet interfaces.
preferred—
Keyword to specify that the IPv6 address is the preferred IPv6 address for this interface. A preferred address is an address assigned to an interface whose use by upper layer protocols is unrestricted. A preferred address maybe used as the source (or destination) address of packets sent from (or to) the interface.

icmp

Syntax 
icmp
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures ICMPv6 parameters for the interface.

packet-too-big

Syntax 
packet-too-big number seconds
no packet-too-big
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies whether, and how often, ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages should be sent. When enabled, ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages are generated by this interface.

The no form of this command disables the sending of ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages.

Default 

no packet too big

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the number of ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

Default—
100
seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, that is used to limit the number of ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages sent.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
10

param-problem

Syntax 
param-problem number seconds
no param-problem
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies whether, and how often, ICMPv6 “parameter-problem” messages should be sent. When enabled, ICMPv6 “parameter-problem” messages are generated by this interface.

The no form of this command disables the sending of ICMPv6 “parameter-problem” messages.

Default 

no param-problem

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the number of ICMPv6 “parameter-problem” messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

Default—
100
seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, that is used to limit the number of ICMPv6 “parameter-problem” messages sent.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
10

redirects

Syntax 
redirects number seconds
no redirects
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures ICMPv6 “redirect” messages. When enabled, ICMPv6 redirects are generated when routes are not optimal on this router, and another router on the same subnetwork has a better route to alert that node that a better route is available should be sent.

The no form of this command disables the sending of ICMPv6 redirect messages.

Default 

no redirects

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the number of ICMPv6 “redirect” messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

Default—
100
seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, that is used to limit the number of ICMPv6 “redirect” messages sent.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
10

time-exceeded

Syntax 
time-exceeded number seconds
no time-exceeded
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the rate for ICMPv6 “time-exceeded” messages.

The no form of this command disables the sending of ICMPv6 “time-exceeded” messages.

Default 

no time-exceeded

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the number of ICMPv6 “time-exceeded” messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

Default—
100
seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, that is used to limit the number of ICMPv6 “time-exceeded” messages sent.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
10

unreachables

Syntax 
unreachables number seconds
no unreachables
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables and configures the rate for ICMPv6 host and network destination “unreachables” messages issued on the router interface.

The no form of this command disables the generation of ICMPv6 destination “unreachables” messages on the router interface.

Default 

no unreachables

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the number of ICMPv6 “unreachables” messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

Default—
100
seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, that is used to limit the number of ICMPv6 “unreachables” messages sent.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
10

link-local-address

Syntax 
ipv6 ipv6-address [preferred]
no ipv6 ipv6-address/prefix-length
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command assigns the IPv6 link local address to the interface.

Parameters 
ipv6-address—
Specifies the IPv6 link local address.
Values—

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x: [0 — FFFF]H

d: [0 — 255]D

 

preferred—
Keyword to specify that the IPv6 link local address is the preferred IPv6 link local address for this interface. A preferred address is an address assigned to an interface whose use by upper layer protocols is unrestricted. A preferred addresses maybe used as the source (or destination) address of packets sent from (or to) the interface.

local-proxy-nd

Syntax 
local-proxy-nd number seconds
no local-proxy-nd
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables local proxy neighbor discovery on the interface.

The no form of this command disables local proxy neighbor discovery.

Default 

no local-proxy-nd

neighbor

Syntax 
neighbor ipv6-address mac-address
no neighbor ipv6-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures IPv6-to-MAC address mapping on the interface.

The no form of this command deletes IPv6-to-MAC address mapping for the specified IPv6 address.

Parameters 
ipv6-address—
Specifies the IPv6 address.
Values—

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x: [0 to FFFF]H

d: [0 to 255]D

 

mac-address—
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the IPv6-to-MAC address mapping in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any unicast MAC addresses and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses

proxy-nd-policy

Syntax 
proxy-nd-policy policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
no proxy-nd-policy
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command applies a proxy neighbor discovery policy for the interface.

The no form of this command disables the proxy neighbor discovery policy application.

Default 

no proxy-nd-policy

Parameters 
policy-name —
Specifies an existing neighbor discovery policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (such as #, $, spaces), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. The specified policy names must already be defined.

urpf-check

Syntax 
urpf-check
Context 
config>service>vprn>interface>ipv6
config>service>vprn>interface
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8Cs

Description 

This command enables unicast RPF (uRPF) check on this interface.

The no form of this command disables unicast RPF (uRPF) check on this interface.

ignore-default

Syntax 
[no] ignore-default
Context 
config>service>vprn>urpf-check
config>router>urpf-check>ipv6
config>service>vprn>urpf-check>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the uRPF check feature (if enabled) to ignore default routes for purposes of determining the validity of incoming packets.

The no form of this command considers the default route to be eligible when performing a uRPF check.

Default 

no ignore-default

8.4.2.1.7.1. IPv6 Router Advertisement Commands

router-advertisement

Syntax 
[no] router-advertisement
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures router advertisement properties. By default, it is disabled for all IPv6 enabled interfaces.

The no form of this command disables all IPv6 interface. However, the no interface interface-name command disables a specific interface.

Default 

disabled

interface

Syntax 
[no] interface ip-int-name
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advertisement
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures router advertisement properties on a specific interface. The interface must already exist in the config>router>interface context.

Parameters 
ip-int-name—
Specifies the interface name. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

current-hop-limit

Syntax 
current-hop-limit number
no current-hop-limit
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the current hop limit in the router advertisement messages. It informs the nodes on the subnet about the hop-limit when originating IPv6 packets.

Default 

64

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the hop limit. A value of zero means there is an unspecified number of hops.
Values—
0 to 255

 

managed-configuration

Syntax 
[no] managed-configuration
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command sets the managed address configuration flag. This flag indicates that DHCPv6 is available for address configuration, in addition to any address autoconfigured using stateless address autoconfiguration.

Default 

no managed-configuration

max-advertisement-interval

Syntax 
[no] max-advertisement-interval seconds
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the maximum interval between sending router advertisement messages.

Default 

600

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the maximum interval in seconds between sending router advertisement messages.
Values—
4 to 1800

 

min-advertisement-interval

Syntax 
[no] min-advertisement-interval seconds
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the minimum interval between sending ICMPv6 neighbor discovery router advertisement messages.

Default 

200

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the minimum interval in seconds between sending ICMPv6 neighbor discovery router advertisement messages.
Values—
3 to 1350

 

mtu

Syntax 
[no] mtu mtu-bytes
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the MTU for the nodes to use when sending packets on the link.

Default 

no mtu

Parameters 
mtu-bytes—
Specifies the MTU for the nodes to use when sending packets on the link.
Values—
1280 to 9212

 

other-stateful-configuration

Syntax 
[no] other-stateful-configuration
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command sets the "Other configuration" flag. This flag indicates that DHCPv6lite is available for autoconfiguration of other (non-address) information, such as DNS-related information or information about other servers in the network.

Default 

no other-stateful-configuration

prefix

Syntax 
[no] prefix [ipv6-prefix/prefix-length]
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures an IPv6 prefix in the router advertisement messages. To support multiple IPv6 prefixes, use multiple prefix statements. No prefix is advertised until explicitly configured using prefix statements.

Parameters 
ip-prefix/prefix-length—
Specifies the IP prefix.
Values—

ipv4-prefix:

a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

ipv4-prefix-length:

0 to 32

ipv6-prefix:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

ipv6-prefix-length:

0 to 128

 

autonomous

Syntax 
[no] autonomous
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if>prefix
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies whether the prefix can be used for stateless address autoconfiguration.

Default 

autonomous

on-link

Syntax 
[no] on-link
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if>prefix
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies whether the prefix can be used for on-link determination.

Default 

on-link

preferred-lifetime

Syntax 
[no] preferred-lifetime {seconds | infinite}
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the time that this prefix will continue to be preferred. The address generated from a deprecated prefix should not be used as a source address in new communications, but packets received on such an interface are processed as expected.

Default 

604800

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the length of time, in seconds, that this prefix will be preferred.
infinite—
Specifies that the prefix is always preferred. The highest value represents infinity.
Values—
1 to 4294967294

 

valid-lifetime

Syntax 
valid-lifetime {seconds | infinite}
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the time that the prefix is valid for the purpose of on-link determination. A value of all one bits (0xffffffff) represents infinity. The address generated from an invalidated prefix should not appear as the destination or source address of a packet.

Default 

2592000

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the remaining time, in seconds, that this prefix will be valid.
infinite—
Specifies that the prefix will always be valid. The highest value represents infinity.
Values—
1 to 4294967294

 

reachable-time

Syntax 
reachable-time milli-seconds
no reachable-time
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures how long this router should be considered reachable by other nodes on the link after receiving a reachability confirmation.

Default 

no reachable-time

Parameters 
milli-seconds—
Specifies the length of time the router should be considered reachable.
Values—
0 to 3600000

 

retransmit-time

Syntax 
retransmit-timer milli-seconds
no retransmit-timer
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the retransmission frequency of neighbor solicitation messages.

Default 

no retransmit-time

Parameters 
milli-seconds—
Specifies how often the retransmission should occur.
Values—
0 to 1800000

 

router-lifetime

Syntax 
router-lifetime seconds
no router-lifetime
Context 
config>service>vprn>router-advert
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command sets the router lifetime.

Default 

1800

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the length of time, in seconds (relative to the time the packet is sent), that the prefix is valid for route determination. 0 means that the router is not a default router on this link.
Values—
0, 4 to 9000

 

8.4.2.1.7.2. DHCP Server Commands

dhcp

Syntax 
dhcp
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure DHCP parameters.

action

Syntax 
action {replace | drop | keep}
no action
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the processing required when the router receives a DHCP request that already has a Relay Agent Information Option (Option 82) field in the packet.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

In accordance with RFC 3046, DHCP Relay Agent Information Option, section 2.1.1, Reforwarded DHCP Requests, the default is to keep the existing information intact. The exception to this is if the GIADDR of the received packet is the same as the ingress address on the router. In this case, the packet is dropped and an error is logged.

Parameters 
replace—
Keyword that specifies that, in the upstream direction (from the user), the existing Option 82 field is replaced with the Option 82 field from the router. In the downstream direction (toward the user) the Option 82 field is stripped (in accordance with RFC 3046).
drop—
Keyword that specifies the packet is dropped, and an error is logged.
keep—
Keyword that specifies the existing information is kept in the packet and the router does not add any additional information. In the downstream direction the Option 82 field is not stripped and is sent on toward the client.

The behavior is slightly different in case of Vendor Specific Options (VSOs). When the keep parameter is specified, the router inserts its own VSO into the Option 82 field. This occurs only when the incoming message already has an Option 82 field.

If no Option 82 field is present, the router does not create the Option 82 field. In this case, no VSO is added to the message.

circuit-id

Syntax 
circuit-id [ascii-tuple | ifindex | sap-id | vlan-ascii-tuple]
no circuit-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

When enabled, the router sends the interface index (If Index) in the circuit-id suboption of the DHCP packet. Display the If Index of a router interface using the show router interface detail command. This option specifies data that must be unique to the router that is relaying the circuit.

If disabled, the circuit-id suboption of the DHCP packet is left empty.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

circuit-id

Parameters 
ascii-tuple—
Keyword to specify that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple will be used, which consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name, separated by “|”.
ifindex—
Keyword to specify that the interface index is used. Display the If Index of a router interface using the show router interface detail command.
sap-id—
Keyword to specify that the SAP ID is used.
vlan-ascii-tuple—
Keyword to specify that the format included VLAN ID and dot1p bits in addition to what is already included in the ascii-tuple. The format is supported on dot1q and qinq ports only. Therefore, when the Option 82 bits are stripped, dot1p bits are copied to the Ethernet header of an outgoing packet.

gi-address

Syntax 
gi-address ip-address [src-ip-addr]
no gi-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the gateway IP address (GIADDR) for the DHCP relay. A subscriber interface can include multiple group interfaces with multiple SAPs. The GIADDR is needed when the router functions as a DHCP relay to distinguish between the different subscriber interfaces and potentially between the group interfaces defined.

Default 

no gi-address

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the host IP address to be used for DHCP relay packets.
src-ip-address—
Specifies the source IP address to be used for DHCP relay packets.

option

Syntax 
[no] option
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables DHCP Option 82 (Relay Agent Information Option) parameter processing and enters the context for configuring Option 82 suboptions.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no option

remote-id

Syntax 
remote-id [mac | string string]
no remote-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp>option
config>service>vprn>nw-if>dhcp>option
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

When enabled, the router sends the MAC address of the remote end (typically the DHCP client) in the remote-id suboption of the DHCP packet. This command identifies the host at the other end of the circuit. If disabled, the remote-id suboption of the DHCP packet will be left empty.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

remote-id

Parameters 
mac—
Keyword that specifies the MAC address of the remote end is encoded in the suboption.
string string
Specifies the remote ID.

vendor-specific-option

Syntax 
[no] vendor-specific-option
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the Nokia vendor-specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.

client-mac-address

Syntax 
[no] client-mac-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option>vendor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the sending of the MAC address in the vendor-specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.

The no form of this command disables the sending of the MAC address in the vendor-specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.

pool-name

Syntax 
[no] pool-name
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option>vendor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command sends the pool name in the vendor-specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.

The no form of this command disables the sending.

sap-id

Syntax 
[no] sap-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option>vendor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the sending of the SAP ID in the vendor-specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.

The no form of this command disables the sending of the SAP ID in the vendor-specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.

service-id

Syntax 
[no] service-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option>vendor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the sending of the service ID in the vendor-specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.

The no form of this command disables the sending of the service ID in the vendor-specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.

string

Syntax 
[no] string text
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option>vendor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the vendor-specific suboption string of the DHCP relay packet.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Parameters 
text—
Specifies a string of any combination of ASCII characters, up to 32 characters. If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).

system-id

Syntax 
[no] system-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option>vendor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies whether the system ID is encoded in the vendor-specific suboption of Option 82.

server

Syntax 
server server1 [server2...(up to 8 max)]
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies a list of servers where requests will be forwarded. The list of servers can be entered as IP addresses or fully qualified domain names. There must be at least one server specified for DHCP relay to work. If there are multiple servers, the request is forwarded to all the servers in the list. There can be a maximum of 8 DHCP servers configured.

The flood command is applicable only in the VPLS case. There is a scenario with VPLS where the VPLS node only needs to add Option 82 information to the DHCP request to provider per-subscriber information, but it does not do full DHCP relay. In this case, the server is set to "flood". This means the DHCP request is still a broadcast and is sent through the VPLS domain. A node running at L3 further upstream can then perform the full L3 DHCP relay function.

Default 

no server

Parameters 
server—
Specifies the DHCP server IP address.

trusted

Syntax 
[no] trusted
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command, if enabled on an IP interface, specifies that the relay agent (the SR-Series) will modify the request GIADDR to be equal to the ingress interface and forward the request. According to RFC 3046, DHCP Relay Agent Information Option, a DHCP request where the GIADDR is 0.0.0.0 and that contains an Option 82 field in the packet, should be discarded, unless it arrives on a "trusted" circuit.

This behavior applies only when the action in the Relay Agent Information Option is "keep". In the case where the Option 82 field is being replaced by the relay agent (action = "replace"), the original Option 82 information is lost, therefore there is no reason to enable the trusted command.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

not enabled

8.4.2.1.7.3. Interface ICMP Commands

icmp

Syntax 
icmp
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) parameters on a VPRN service.

mask-reply

Syntax 
[no] mask-reply
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables responses to ICMP mask requests on the router interface.

If a local node sends an ICMP mask request to the router interface, the mask-reply command configures the router interface to reply to the request.

By default, the router instance replies to mask requests.

The no form of this command disables replies to ICMP mask requests on the router interface.

Default 

mask-reply

redirects

Syntax 
redirects [number seconds]
no redirects
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the rate for ICMP redirect messages issued on the router interface.

When routes are not optimal on this router and another router on the same subnetwork has a better route, the router can issue an ICMP redirect to alert the sending node that a better route is available.

The redirects command enables the generation of ICMP redirects on the router interface. The rate at which ICMP redirects are issued can be controlled with the optional number and seconds parameters by indicating the maximum number of redirect messages that can be issued on the interface for a specific time interval.

By default, generation of ICMP redirect messages is enabled at a maximum rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.

The no form of this command disables the generation of ICMP redirects on the router interface.

Default 

redirects 100 10

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the maximum number of ICMP redirect messages to send. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

seconds—
Specifies the time frame in seconds used to limit the seconds of ICMP redirect messages that can be issued.
Values—
1 to 60

 

ttl-expired

Syntax 
ttl-expired number seconds
no ttl-expired
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the rate ICMP TTL expired messages are issued by the IP interface.

By default, generation of ICMP TTL expired messages is enabled at a maximum rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.

The no form of this command disables limiting the rate of TTL expired messages on the router interface.

Default 

ttl-expired 100 10

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the maximum number of ICMP TTL expired messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

seconds—
Specifies the time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP TTL expired messages that can be issued, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 60

 

unreachables

Syntax 
unreachables [number seconds]
no unreachables
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the rate for ICMP host and network destination unreachable messages issued on the router interface.

This command enables the generation of ICMP destination unreachables on the router interface. The rate at which ICMP unreachables are issued can be controlled with the optional number and seconds parameters by indicating the maximum number of destination unreachable messages that can be issued on the interface for a specific time interval.

By default, generation of ICMP destination unreachable messages is enabled at a maximum rate of 100 per 10 second time interval.

The no form of this command disables the generation of ICMP destination unreachable messages on the router interface.

Default 

unreachables 100 10

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the maximum number of ICMP unreachable messages to send. This parameter must be specified with the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

seconds—
Specifies the time frame in seconds used to limit the number of ICMP unreachable messages that can be issued.
Values—
1 to 60

 

8.4.2.1.7.4. Interface SAP Commands

sap

Syntax 
sap sap-id [create]
no sap sap-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a combination of port and encapsulation parameters that identify the service access point on the interface and within the 7210 SAS. Each SAP must be unique.

All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an IP interface, a SAP does not exist on that object.

Enter an existing SAP without the create keyword to edit SAP parameters. The SAP is owned by the service in which it was created.

A SAP can be associated with only a single service. A SAP can be defined only on a port that has been configured as an access port using the config port port-id ethernet mode access command.

If a port is shut down, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a service is shut down, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down, although all traffic traversing the service is discarded. The operational state of a SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which the SAP is defined.

The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP are also deleted.

Special Cases 
VPRN—
A VPRN SAP must be defined on an Ethernet interface.
Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI Command Descriptions for command syntax.
port-id—
Specifies the physical port ID in the slot/mda/port format.

If the card in the slot has Media Dependent Adapters (MDAs) installed, the port-id must be in the slot_number/MDA_number/port_number format. For example 2/3 specifies port 3 on MDA 2 in slot .

The port-id must reference a valid port type. When the port-id parameter represents SONET/SDH and TDM channels the port ID must include the channel ID. A period “.” separates the physical port from the channel-id. The port must be configured as an access port.

If the SONET/SDH port is configured as clear-channel, only the port is specified.

create—
Keyword used to create a SAP instance.

tod-suite

Syntax 
tod-suite tod-suite-name
no tod-suite
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command applies a time-based policy (filter or QoS policy) to the SAP. The suite name must already exist in the config>cron context.

Default 

no tod-suite

Parameters 
tod-suite-name—
Specifies a collection of policies (ACLs, QoS) including time-ranges that define the full or partial behavior of a SAP or a subscriber. The suite can be applied to more than one SAP.

accounting-policy

Syntax 
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
no accounting-policy
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command creates the accounting policy that can be applied to an interface SAP or interface SAP spoke-SDP.

An accounting policy must be defined before it can be associated with a SAP. If the policy-id does not exist, an error message is generated.

A maximum of one accounting policy can be associated with a SAP at one time. Accounting policies are configured in the config>log context.

The no form of this command removes the accounting policy association from the SAP, and the accounting policy reverts to the default.

Parameters 
acct-policy-id—
Specifies the accounting policy-id as configured in the config>log>accounting-policy context.
Values—
1 to 99

 

collect-stats

Syntax 
[no] collect-stats
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables accounting and statistical data collection for either an interface SAP or interface SAP spoke-SDP, or network port. When applying accounting policies, by default the data is collected in the appropriate records and written to the designated billing file.

When the no collect-stats command is issued, the statistics are still accumulated by the IOM cards. However, the CPU will not obtain the results and write them to the billing file. If a subsequent collect-stats command is issued, the counters written to the billing file include all the traffic while the no collect-stats command was in effect.

Default 

no collect-stats

arp-timeout

Syntax 
arp-timeout seconds
no arp-timeout
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the minimum time in seconds an ARP entry learned on the IP interface will be stored in the ARP table. ARP entries are automatically refreshed when an ARP request or gratuitous ARP is seen from an IP host; otherwise, the ARP entry is aged from the ARP table. If arp-timeout is set to a value of zero seconds, ARP aging is disabled.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

14400 seconds

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the minimum number of seconds a learned ARP entry will be stored in the ARP table, expressed as a decimal integer. A value of zero specifies that the timer is inoperative and learned ARP entries will not be aged.
Values—
0 to 65535

 

delayed-enable

Syntax 
delayed-enable seconds [init-only]
no delayed-enable
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command delays making an interface operational by the specified number of seconds.

In environments with many subscribers, it can take time to synchronize the subscriber state between peers when the subscriber-interface is enabled (for example, after a reboot). To ensure that the state has time to be synchronized, the delayed-enable timer can be specified. The optional init-only parameter can be added to use this timer only after a reboot.

Default 

no delayed-enable

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds to delay before the interface is operational.
Values—
1 to 1200

 

init-only—
Keyword that delays the initialization of the subscriber-interface to give the rest of the system time to complete necessary tasks, such as allowing routing protocols to converge or allowing MCS to sync the subscriber information. The delay occurs only immediately after a reboot.

vpls

Syntax 
vpls service-name
Context 
config>service
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command, within the IP interface context, binds the IP interface to the specified service name.

The system does not attempt to resolve the service name provided until the IP interface is placed into the administratively up state (no shutdown). When the IP interface is administratively up, the system scans the available VPLS services that have the allow-ip-int-binding flag set for a VPLS service associated with the name. If the service name is bound to the service name when the IP interface is already in the administratively up state, the system immediately attempts to resolve the specific name.

If a VPLS service is found associated with the name and the allow-ip-int-binding flag is set, the IP interface will be attached to the VPLS service, which allows routing to and from the service virtual ports when the IP interface is operational.

A VPLS service associated with the specified name that does not have the allow-ip-int-binding flag set or a non-VPLS service associated with the name will be ignored and will not be attached to the IP interface.

If the service name is applied to a VPLS service after the service name is bound to an IP interface and the VPLS service allow-ip-int-binding flag is set at the time the name is applied, the VPLS service is automatically resolved to the IP interface if the interface is administratively up or when the interface is placed in the administratively up state.

If the service name is applied to a VPLS service without the allow-ip-int-binding flag set, the system does not attempt to resolve the applied service name to an existing IP interface bound to the name. To rectify this condition, the flag must first be set and then the IP interface must enter or reenter the administratively up state.

While the specified service name may be assigned to only one service context in the system, it is possible to bind the same service name to more than one IP interface. If two or more IP interfaces are bound to the same service name, the first IP interface to enter the administratively up state (if currently administratively down) or to reenter the administratively up state (if currently administratively up) when a VPLS service is configured with the name and has the allow-ip-int-binding flag set will be attached to the VPLS service. Only one IP interface is allowed to attach to a VPLS service context. No error is generated for the remaining non-attached IP interfaces using the service name.

When an IP interface is attached to a VPLS service, the name associated with the service cannot be removed or changed until the IP interface name binding is removed. Also, the allow-ip-int-binding flag cannot be removed until the attached IP interface is unbound from the service name. Unbinding the service name from the IP interface causes the IP interface to detach from the VPLS service context. The IP interface may then be bound to another service name or a SAP or SDP binding may be created for the interface using the SAP or spoke-SDP commands on the interface.

Parameters 
service-name—
Specifies the service name that the system will attempt to resolve to an allow-ip-int-binding enabled VPLS service associated with the name. This parameter is required when using the IP interface VPLS command. The specified name is expressed as an ASCII string comprised of up to 32 characters. It does not need to already be associated with a service, and the system does not check to ensure that multiple IP interfaces are not bound to the same name.

ingress

Syntax 
ingress
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vpls
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command within the VPLS binding context defines the routed IP filter ID optional filter overrides.

v4-routed-override-filter

Syntax 
v4-routed-override-filter ip-filter-id
no v4-routed-override-filter
Context 
config>service>ies>if>vprn>ingress
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies an IP filter ID that is applied to all ingress packets entering the VPLS service. The filter overrides the existing ingress IP filter applied to SAPs or SDP bindings for packets associated with the routing IP interface. The override filter is optional and, if not defined or removed, the IP routed packets use the existing ingress IP filter on the VPLS virtual port.

The no form of this command removes the IP routed override filter from the ingress IP interface. When removed, the IP ingress routed packets within a VPLS service attached to the IP interface use the IP ingress filter applied to the packet virtual port, when defined.

Parameters 
ip-filter-id—
Specifies the ID for the IP filter policy. Allowed values are integers that correspond to a previously created IP filter policy in the configure>filter>ip-filter context.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

8.4.2.1.7.5. Interface SAP Filter and QoS Policy Commands

egress

Syntax 
egress
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure egress SAP Quality of Service (QoS) policies and filter policies.

If no SAP egress QoS policy is defined, the system default SAP egress QoS policy is used for egress processing. If no egress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.

ingress

Syntax 
ingress
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>sap
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure ingress SAP QoS policies and filter policies.

If no SAP ingress QoS policy is defined, the system default SAP ingress QoS policy is used for ingress processing. If no ingress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.

agg-shaper-rate

Syntax 
agg-shaper-rate agg-rate
no agg-shaper-rate
Context 
config>service>vprn>sap>ingress
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the aggregate rate for the SAP shaper. The aggregate SAP shaper is available to limit only the unicast traffic and BUM traffic across all the FCs of the SAP configured to use ingress queues. Users can specify the CIR rate and the PIR rate. Users must not oversubscribe the total bandwidth available for use by ingress queues.

The no form of this command disables the SAP aggregate rate shaper. That is, the SAP can use up the maximum bandwidth available.

Default 

no agg-shaper-rate

Parameters 
agg-rate
Specifies the rate in kilobits per second.
Values—
50 to 3000000 | max (7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T)
64 to 20000000 | max (7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C)

 

Default—
max

agg-shaper-rate

Syntax 
agg-shaper-rate agg-rate
no agg-shaper-rate
Context 
config>service>vprn>sap>egress
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the aggregate rate for the SAP shaper. The aggregate SAP shaper is available to limit only the unicast traffic and BUM traffic across all the FCs of the SAP configured to use ingress queues. Users can specify the CIR rate and the PIR rate. Users must not oversubscribe the total bandwidth available for use by ingress queues.

The no form of this command disables the SAP aggregate rate shaper. That is, the SAP can use up the maximum bandwidth available.

Default 

no agg-shaper-rate

Parameters 
agg-rate
Specifies the rate in kilobits per second.
Values—
50 to 1000000 | max (7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T)
64 to 10000000 | max (7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C)

 

Default—
max

filter

Syntax 
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter [mac mac-filter-id]
no filter [ip ip-filter-id]
no filter [mac mac-filter-id]
no filter
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command associates an IP filter policy with an ingress or egress SAP or IP interface. Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on IP matching criteria.

This command associates a filter policy with a specified ip-filter-id with an ingress or egress SAP. The ip-filter-id must already be defined before the filter command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation fails and an error message is returned.

In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SAP. One exception is that non-IP packets are not applied to IP match criteria, so the default action in the filter policy applies to these packets.

The no form of this command removes configured filter ID associations with the SAP or IP interface. The filter ID is not removed from the system unless the scope of the created filter is set to local.

Parameters 
ip ip-filter-id
Specifies the IP filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IP filters.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

mac mac-filter-id
Specifies the MAC filter policy. The specified filter ID must already exist within the created MAC filters. The filter policy must already exist within the created MAC filters.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

qos

Syntax 
qos policy-id
no qos
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress
config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

Associates a Quality of Service (QoS) policy with an ingress or egress SAP or IP interface. QoS ingress and egress policies are important for the enforcement of SLA agreements. The policy ID must be defined before associating the policy with a SAP or IP interface. If the policy-id does not exist, an error is returned.

This command associates both ingress and egress QoS policies. The qos command only allows ingress policies to be associated on SAP or IP interface ingress and egress policies on SAP or IP interface egress. Attempts to associate a QoS policy of the wrong type returns an error. Only one ingress and one egress QoS policy can be associated with a SAP or IP interface at one time. Attempts to associate a second QoS policy of a specific type returns an error.

When an ingress QoS policy is defined on an ingress IP interface that is bound to a VPRN, the policy becomes associated with every SAP on the VPRN and augments the QoS policy that is defined on each SAP. Packets that are bridged are processed using the policy defined on the VPRN SAP; packets that are routed are processed using the policy defined in the IES IP interface-binding context.

When an egress QoS policy is associated with an IP interface that has been bound to a VPRN, the policy becomes associated with every SAP on the VPRN and augments the egress QoS policy that is defined on each SAP. Packets that are bridged are processed using the policy defined on the VPRN SAP; packets that are routed are processed using the policy defined in the IP interface-binding context.

By default, no specific QoS policy is associated with the SAP or IP interface for ingress or egress, so the default QoS policy is used.

The no form of this command removes the QoS policy association from the SAP or IP interface, and the QoS policy reverts to the default.

Parameters 
policy-id—
Specifies the ingress or egress policy ID to associate with the SAP or IP interface on ingress or egress. The policy ID must already exist.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

8.4.2.1.7.6. Interface VRRP Commands

vrrp

Syntax 
vrrp virtual-router-id [owner]
no vrrp virtual-router-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command creates or edits a Virtual Router ID (VRID) on the service IP interface. A VRID is internally represented in conjunction with the IP interface name. This allows the VRID to be used on multiple IP interfaces while representing different virtual router instances.

The VRID can be defined as owner or non-owner.

The no form of this command removes the specified VRID from the IP interface. This terminates VRRP participation for the virtual router and deletes all references to the VRID. The VRID does not need to be shut down to remove the virtual router instance.

Parameters 
virtual-router-id—
Specifies a new virtual router ID or one that can be modified on the IP interface.
owner—
Specifies the virtual router instance as an owner.
Values—
1 to 255

 

authentication-key

Syntax 
authentication-key authentication-key | hash-key [hash | hash2]
no authentication-key
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

The command assigns a simple text password authentication key to generate master VRRP advertisement messages and validate received VRRP advertisement messages.

The authentication-key command is one of the few commands not affected by the presence of the owner keyword. If simple text password authentication is not required, this command is not required. If the command is re-executed with a different password key defined, the new key will be used immediately.

If a no authentication-key command is executed, the password authentication key reverts to the default value. The authentication-key command may be executed at any time.

To change the current in-use password key on multiple virtual router instances:

  1. identify the current master
  2. shut down the virtual router instance on all backups
  3. execute the authentication-key command on the master to change the password key
  4. execute the authentication-key command and no shutdown command on each backup

The no form of this command reverts the default null string to the value of the key.

Parameters 
authentication-key—
Specifies the simple text password used when VRRP Authentication Type 1 is enabled on the virtual router instance. Type 1 uses a string of eight octets that is inserted into all transmitted VRRP advertisement messages and compared against all received VRRP advertisement messages. The authentication data fields are used to transmit the key.

This parameter is expressed as a string consisting of up to eight alphanumeric characters. Spaces must be contained in quotation marks ( “ ” ). The quotation marks are not considered part of the string.

The string is case-sensitive and is left-justified in the VRRP advertisement message authentication data fields. The first field contains the first four characters with the first octet (starting with IETF RFC bit position 0) containing the first character. The second field holds the fifth through eighth characters. Any unspecified portion of the authentication data field is padded with the value 0 in the corresponding octet.

Values—
Any 7-bit printable ASCII character.

exceptions:

double quote

(")

ASCII 34

carriage return

ASCII 13

line feed

ASCII 10

tab

ASCII 9

backspace

ASCII 8

 

hash-key—
Specifies the hash key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 22 characters (encrypted) for a hash key or up to 121 characters for a hash2 key. If spaces are used in the string, the entire string must be enclosed in quotation marks (“ ”).

This option is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but for security purposes, the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.

hash—
Specifies that the key is entered in an encrypted form. If the hash parameter is not used, the key is assumed to be in a non-encrypted, clear text form. For security, all keys are stored in encrypted form in the configuration file with the hash parameter specified.
hash2—
Specifies that the key is entered in a more complex encrypted form. If the hash2 parameter is not used, the less-encrypted hash form is assumed.

backup

Syntax 
[no] backup ip-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a virtual router IP address for the backup interface.

Default 

no backup

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the destination IPv4 address for the backup interface.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

bfd-enable

Syntax 
bfd-enable service-id interface interface-name dst-ip ip-address
no bfd-enable service-id if if-name dst-ip ip-address
bfd-enable interface interface-name dst-ip ip-address
no bfd-enable interface interface-name dst-ip ip-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the use of bidirectional forwarding (BFD) to control the state of the associated protocol interface. By enabling BFD on a specific protocol interface, the state of the protocol interface is tied to the state of the BFD session between the local node and the remote node. The parameters used for the BFD are set using the bfd-enable command under the IP interface specified in this command.

The no form of this command removes BFD from the associated BGP protocol peering.

Default 

no bfd-enable

Parameters 
service-id—
Specifies the service ID of the interface running BFD.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 2147483647
svc-name: Specifies an existing service name of up to 64 characters.
No service ID indicates a network interface.

 

interface-name
Specifies the name of the interface running BFD, up to 32 characters.
ip-address
Specifies the destination address to be used for the BFD session.

init-delay

Syntax 
init-delay seconds
no init-delay
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a VRRP initialization delay timer.

Default 

no init-delay

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the initialization delay timer for VRRP, in seconds.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

master-int-inherit

Syntax 
[no] master-int-inherit
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command allows the virtual router instance to inherit the master VRRP router advertisement interval timer, which is used by backup routers to calculate the master down timer.

This command is available only in the non-owner nodal context and allows the current virtual router instance master to dictate the master down timer for all backup virtual routers. The master-int-inherit command has no effect when the virtual router instance is operating as master.

If the master-int-inherit command is not enabled, the locally configured message-interval must match the master VRRP advertisement message advertisement interval field value or the message is discarded.

The no form of this command reverts to the default operating condition, which requires the locally configured message-interval to match the received VRRP advertisement message advertisement interval field value.

Default 

no master-int-inherit

message-interval

Syntax 
message-interval {[seconds] [milliseconds milliseconds]}
no message-interval
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the advertisement timer and indirectly sets the master down timer on the virtual router instance. The message-interval values must be the same for all virtual routers with the same VRID. Any VRRP advertisement message received with an Advertisement Interval field different from the virtual router instance configured message-interval value is silently discarded.

The message-interval command is available for both non-owner and owner virtual router nodal contexts. If the message-interval command is not executed, the default message interval of 1 second is used.

The no form of this command reverts to the default message interval value of 1 second.

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the time interval, in seconds, between sending advertisement messages.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
1
milliseconds
Specifies the time interval, in milliseconds, between sending advertisement messages.
Values—
100 to 900

 

ping-reply

Syntax 
[no] ping-reply
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the non-owner master to reply to ICMP echo requests directed at the IP address of the virtual router instance. The ping request can be received on any routed interface.

Ping must not have been disabled at the management security level (either on the parent IP interface or based on the ping source host address). When ping-reply is not enabled, ICMP echo requests to non-owner master virtual IP addresses are silently discarded.

Non-owner backup virtual routers never respond to ICMP echo requests regardless of the ping-reply configuration.

The ping-reply command is available only for non-owner virtual routers.

The no form of this command reverts to the default operation of discarding all ICMP echo request messages destined for the non-owner virtual router instance IP address.

Default 

no ping-reply

policy

Syntax 
policy vrrp-policy-id
no policy
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command associates a VRRP priority control policy with the virtual router instance (non-owner context only).

This command creates the context to configure a VRRP priority control policy that controls the VRRP in-use priority based on priority control events. It is a parent node for the various VRRP priority control policy commands that define the policy parameters and priority event conditions.

This command defines the initial or base value used by non-owner virtual routers. This value can be modified by assigning a VRRP priority control policy to the virtual router instance. The VRRP priority control policy can override or diminish the base priority setting to establish the actual in-use priority of the virtual router instance.

The policy policy-id command must be created first, before it can be associated with a virtual router instance.

Because VRRP priority control policies define conditions and events that must be maintained, they can be resource intensive. The number of policies is limited to 1000.

The policy-id does not have to be comprised consecutive integers.

The no form of this command deletes the specific policy-id from the system.

The policy-id must be removed first from all virtual router instances before the no policy command can be issued. If the policy-id is associated with a virtual router instance, the command fails.

Parameters 
vrrp-policy-id —
Specifies a VRRP priority control policy.
Values—
1 to 9999

 

preempt

Syntax 
[no] preempt
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command overrides an existing non-owner master with a virtual router backup that has a higher priority. Enabling preempt mode is recommended for correct operation of the base-priority definitions on the virtual router instance. If the virtual router cannot preempt an existing non-owner master, the effect of the dynamic changing of the in-use priority is greatly diminished.

The preempt command is available for only non-owner VRRP virtual routers. The owner cannot be preempted because the priority of non-owners can never be higher than the owner. The owner always preempts other virtual routers when it is available.

Non-owner virtual router instances only preempt when preempt is set, and the current master has an in-use message priority value less than the backup virtual router instance in-use priority.

A master non-owner virtual router allows itself to be preempted only when the incoming VRRP advertisement message priority field value is one of the following:

  1. greater than its in-use priority value
  2. equal to its in-use priority value, and the source IP address (primary IP address) is greater than its primary IP address

The no form of this command prevents a non-owner virtual router instance from preempting another, less desirable, virtual router.

Default 

preempt

priority

Syntax 
priority priority
no priority
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a specific priority value for the virtual router instance. In conjunction with the optional policy command, the base priority is used to derive the in-use priority of the virtual router instance.

The priority command is available only for non-owner VRRP virtual routers. The priority of owner virtual router instance is permanently set to 255 and cannot be changed. For non-owner virtual router instances, if the priority command is not executed, the base priority is set to 100.

The no form of this command resets the base priority to 100.

Parameters 
priority—
Specifies the base priority used by the virtual router instance. If a VRRP priority control policy is not defined, the base priority will be the in-use priority for the virtual router instance.
Values—
1 to 254

 

Default—
100

ssh-reply

Syntax 
[no] ssh-reply
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the non-owner master to reply to SSH requests directed at the IP address of the virtual router instance. The SSH request can be received on any routed interface. SSH must not have been disabled at the management security level (either on the parent IP interface or based on the SSH source host address). Correct login and CLI command authentication are enforced.

When ssh-reply is not enabled, SSH packets to non-owner master virtual IP addresses are silently discarded. Non-owner backup virtual routers never respond to SSH regardless of the ssh-reply configuration.

The ssh-reply command is available only for non-owner VRRP virtual routers.

The no form of this command reverts to the default operation of discarding all SSH packets destined for the non-owner virtual router instance IP address.

Default 

no ssh-reply

standby-forwarding

Syntax 
[no] standby-forwarding
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the forwarding of packets by a standby router to the virtual router MAC address.

The no form of this command specifies that a standby router will not forward traffic sent to the virtual router MAC address but will forward traffic sent to the real MAC address of the standby router.

Default 

no standby-forwarding

telnet-reply

Syntax 
[no] telnet-reply
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the non-owner master to reply to TCP port 23 Telnet requests directed at the IP address of the virtual router instance. The Telnet request can be received on any routed interface. Telnet must not have been disabled at the management security level (either on the parent IP interface or based on the Telnet source host address). Correct login and CLI command authentication are enforced.

When telnet-reply is not enabled, TCP port 23 Telnet packets to non-owner master virtual IP addresses are silently discarded.

Non-owner backup virtual routers never respond to Telnet requests regardless of the telnet-reply configuration.

The telnet-reply command is available only in non-owner VRRP virtual routers.

The no form of this command reverts to the default operation of discarding all Telnet packets destined for the non-owner virtual router instance IP address.

Default 

no telnet-reply

traceroute-reply

Syntax 
[no] traceroute-reply
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>vrrp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables a non-owner master to reply to traceroute requests directed to the virtual router instance IP address.

This command is valid only if the VRRP virtual router instance associated with this entry is a non-owner.

A non-owner backup virtual router never responds to traceroute requests regardless of the traceroute-reply configuration.

Default 

no traceroute-reply

8.4.2.2. VPRN Interface IPv6 Commands

ipv6

Syntax 
ipv6
no ipv6
Context 
config>service>vprn>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure IPv6 for a VPRN interface.

The no form of this command disables IPv6.

Default 

no ipv6

address

Syntax 
ipv6 ipv6-address/prefix-length [eui-64] [preferred]
no ipv6 ipv6-address/prefix-length
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command assigns an address to the IPv6 interface.

The no form of this command deletes the specified IPv6 address.

Parameters 
ipv6-address/prefix-length—
Specifies the interface IP address.
Values—

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x: [0 to FFFF]H

d: [0 to 255]D

prefix-length:

1 to 128

 

eui-64—
Keyword to specify that a complete IPv6 address from the supplied prefix and 64-bit interface identifier is formed. The 64-bit interface identifier is derived from the MAC address on Ethernet interfaces.
preferred—
Keyword to specify that the IPv6 address is the preferred IPv6 address for this interface. A preferred address is an address assigned to an interface whose use by upper layer protocols is unrestricted. A preferred address maybe used as the source (or destination) address of packets sent from (or to) the interface.

icmp

Syntax 
icmp
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures ICMPv6 parameters for the interface.

packet-too-big

Syntax 
packet-too-big number seconds
no packet-too-big
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies whether, and how often, ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages should be sent. When enabled, ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages are generated by this interface.

The no form of this command disables the sending of ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages.

Default 

no packet too big

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the number of ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

Default—
100
seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, that is used to limit the number of ICMPv6 “packet-too-big” messages sent.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
10

param-problem

Syntax 
param-problem number seconds
no param-problem
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies whether, and how often, ICMPv6 “parameter-problem” messages should be sent. When enabled, ICMPv6 “parameter-problem” messages are generated by this interface.

The no form of this command disables the sending of ICMPv6 “parameter-problem” messages.

Default 

no param-problem

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the number of ICMPv6 “parameter-problem” messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

Default—
100
seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, that is used to limit the number of ICMPv6 “parameter-problem” messages sent.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
10

redirects

Syntax 
redirects number seconds
no redirects
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures ICMPv6 “redirect” messages. When enabled, ICMPv6 redirects are generated when routes are not optimal on this router and another router on the same subnetwork has a better route. The messages alert the node that a better route is available.

The no form of this command disables the sending of ICMPv6 redirect messages.

Default 

no redirects

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the number of ICMPv6 “redirect” messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

Default—
100
seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, that is used to limit the number of ICMPv6 “redirect” messages sent.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
10

time-exceeded

Syntax 
time-exceeded number seconds
no time-exceeded
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the rate for ICMPv6 “time-exceeded” messages.

The no form of this command disables the sending of ICMPv6 “time-exceeded” messages.

Default 

no time-exceeded

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the number of ICMPv6 “time-exceeded” messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

Default—
100
seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, that is used to limit the number of ICMPv6 “time-exceeded” messages sent.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
10

unreachables

Syntax 
unreachables number seconds
no unreachables
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>icmp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the rate for ICMPv6 host and network destination “unreachables” messages issued on the router interface.

The no form of this command disables the generation of ICMPv6 destination “unreachables” messages on the router interface.

Default 

no unreachables

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the number of ICMPv6 “unreachables” messages to send in the time frame specified by the seconds parameter.
Values—
10 to 1000

 

Default—
100
seconds—
Specifies the time frame, in seconds, that is used to limit the number of ICMPv6 “unreachables” messages sent.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
10

link-local-address

Syntax 
ipv6 ipv6-address [preferred]
no ipv6 ipv6-address/prefix-length
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command assigns the IPv6 link local address to the interface.

Parameters 
ipv6-address—
Specifies the IPv6 link local address.
Values—

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x: [0 to FFFF]H

d: [0 to 255]D

 

preferred—
Keyword to specify that the IPv6 link local address is the preferred IPv6 link local address for this interface. A preferred address is an address assigned to an interface whose use by upper layer protocols is unrestricted. A preferred addresses maybe used as the source (or destination) address of packets sent from (or to) the interface.

local-proxy-nd

Syntax 
local-proxy-nd number seconds
no local-proxy-nd
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables local proxy neighbor discovery on the interface.

The no form of this command disables local proxy neighbor discovery.

Default 

no local-proxy-nd

neighbor

Syntax 
neighbor ipv6-address mac-address
no neighbor ipv6-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures IPv6-to-MAC address mapping on the interface.

The no form of this command deletes IPv6-to-MAC address mapping for the specified IPv6 address.

Parameters 
ipv6-address—
Specifies the IPv6 address.
Values—

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x: [0 to FFFF]H

d: [0 to 255]D

 

mac-address—
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the IPv6-to-MAC address mapping in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any unicast MAC addresses and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.

proxy-nd-policy

Syntax 
proxy-nd-policy policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
no proxy-nd-policy
Context 
config>service>vprn>if>ipv6
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command applies a proxy neighbor discovery policy for the interface.

The no form of this command disables the proxy neighbor discovery policy application.

Default 

no proxy-nd-policy

Parameters 
policy-name—
Specifies an existing neighbor discovery policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters comprised of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (such as #, $, spaces), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. The specified policy names must already be defined.

8.4.2.2.1. BGP Commands

bgp

Syntax 
[no] bgp
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the BGP protocol with the VPRN service.

The no form of this command disables the BGP protocol from the specific VPRN service.

Default 

no bgp

advertise-inactive

Syntax 
[no] advertise-inactive
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables or disables the advertising of inactive BGP routers to other BGP peers.

By default, BGP only advertises BGP routes to other BGP peers if a specific BGP route is chosen by the route table manager as the most preferred route within the system and is active in the forwarding plane. This command allows system administrators to advertise a BGP route even though it is not the most preferred route within the system for a specific destination.

Default 

no advertise-inactive

aggregator-id-zero

Syntax 
[no] aggregator-id-zero
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command sets the router ID in the BGP aggregator path attribute to zero when BGP aggregates routes. This prevents different routers within an AS from creating aggregate routes that contain different AS paths.

When BGP is aggregating routes, it adds the aggregator path attribute to the BGP update messages. By default, BGP adds the AS number and router ID to the aggregator path attribute.

When this command is enabled, BGP adds the router ID to the aggregator path attribute. This command is used at the group level to revert to the value defined under the global level; this command is used at the neighbor level to revert to the value defined under the group level.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default in which BGP adds the AS number and router ID to the aggregator path attribute.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no aggregator-id-zero

best-path-selection

Syntax 
best-path-selection
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables path selection configuration.

always-compare-med

Syntax 
always-compare-med {zero | infinity}
no always-compare-med
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp>best-path-selection
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures how the Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) path attribute is used in the BGP route selection process. The MED attribute is always used in the route selection process regardless of the peer AS that advertised the route. This command determines what MED value is inserted in the RIB-IN. If this command is not configured, only the MEDs of routes that have the same peer ASs are compared.

The no form of this command removes the parameter from the configuration.

Default 

no always-compare-med

Parameters 
zero—
Specifies that for routes learned without a MED attribute, a zero (0) value is used in the MED comparison. The routes with the lowest metric are the most preferred.
infinity—
Specifies for routes learned without a MED attribute that a value of infinity (4294967295) is used in the MED comparison. This, in effect, makes these routes the least desirable.

as-path-ignore

Syntax 
[no] as-path-ignore
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures whether the AS path is used to determine the best BGP route.

If this command is configures, the AS paths of incoming routes are not used in the route selection process.

The no form of this command removes the parameter from the configuration.

Default 

no as-path-ignore

ignore-nh-metric

Syntax 
ignore-nh-metric
no ignore-nh-metric
Context 
config>service>vprn
config>service>vprn>bgp>best-path-selection
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures BGP to disregard the resolved distance to the BGP next hop in its decision process for selecting the best route to a destination.

When configured in the config>router>bgp>bestpath-selection context, this command applies to the comparison of two BGP routes with the same NLRI learned from base router BGP peers. When configured in the config>service>vprn context, this command applies to the comparison of two BGP-VPN routes for the same IP prefix imported into the VPRN from the base router BGP instance. When configured in the config>service>vprn>bgp>best-path-selection context, this command applies to the comparison of two BGP routes for the same IP prefix learned from VPRN BGP peers.

The no form of this command reverts to the default behavior, whereby BGP factors distance to the next hop into its decision process.

Default 

no ignore-nh-metric

ignore-router-id

Syntax 
ignore-router-id
no ignore-router-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp>best-path-selection
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

When this command is present and the current best path to a destination was learned from eBGP peer X with BGP identifier x and a new path is received from eBGP peer Y with BGP identifier y, the best path remains unchanged if the new path is equivalent to the current best path up to the BGP identifier comparison, even if y is less than x.

The no form of this command reverts to the default behavior of selecting the route with the lowest BGP identifier (y) as best.

Default 

no ignore-router-id

as-override

Syntax 
[no] as-override
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command replaces all instances of the peer AS number with the local AS number in a BGP route AS_PATH.

This command breaks the BGP loop detection mechanism and should be used carefully.

By default, the override command is not enabled.

authentication-key

Syntax 
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
no authentication-key
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8CC

Description 

This command configures the BGP authentication key.

Authentication is performed between neighboring routers before setting up the BGP session by verifying the password. Authentication is performed using the MD-5 message-based digest. The authentication key can be any combination of letters or numbers from 1 to 16.

By default, authentication is disabled and the authentication password is empty

The no form of this command removes the authentication password from the configuration and effectively disables authentication.

Parameters 
authentication-key—
Specifies the authentication key. This key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 255 characters (unencrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).
hash-key—
Specifies the hash key. This key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 342 characters (encrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).

This is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but, for security purposes, the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.

hash—
Keyword to specify the key is entered in an encrypted form. If the hash parameter is not used, the key is assumed to be in a non-encrypted, clear text form. For security, all keys are stored in encrypted form in the configuration file with the hash parameter specified.
hash2—
Keyword to specify the key is entered in a more complex encrypted form. If the hash2 parameter is not used, the less encrypted hash form is assumed.

auth-keychain

Syntax 
auth-keychain name
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the BGP authentication key for all peers.

The keychain allows the rollover of authentication keys during the lifetime of a session.

Default 

no auth-keychain

Parameters 
name
Specifies the name of an existing keychain, up to 32 characters, to use for the specified TCP session or sessions.

bfd-enable

Syntax 
[no] bfd-enable
Context 
config>router>bgp
config>router>bgp>group
config>router>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the use of bidirectional forwarding (BFD) to control the state of the associated protocol interface. By enabling BFD on a specific protocol interface, the state of the protocol interface is tied to the state of the BFD session between the local node and the remote node. The parameters used for the BFD are set using the bfd-enable command under the IP interface.

The no form of this command removes BFD from the associated BGP protocol peering.

Default 

no bfd-enable

connect-retry

Syntax 
connect-retry seconds
no connect-retry
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the BGP connect retry timer.

When this timer expires, BGP tries to reconnect to the configured peer. this command can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), peer-group level (applies to all peers in group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to the default value.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

120 seconds

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the BGP connect retry timer value in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

damping

Syntax 
[no] damping
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables BGP route damping for learned routes that are defined within the route policy. Use damping to reduce the number of update messages sent between BGP peers and reduce the load on peers without affecting the route convergence time for stable routes. Damping parameters are set using the route policy definition.

The no form of this command used at the global level disables route damping.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

When damping is enabled and the route policy does not specify a damping profile, the default damping profile is used. This profile is always present and consists of the following parameters:

Half-life:

15 minutes

Max-suppress:

60 minutes

Suppress-threshold:

3000

Reuse-threshold:

750

Default 

no damping

disable-4byte-asn

Syntax 
[no] disable-4byte-asn
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command disables the use of 4-byte AS numbers. This command can be configured at all 3 level of the hierarchy, so it can be specified down to the per-peer basis.

If this command is enabled, 4-byte AS number support should not be negotiated with the associated remote peers.

The no form of this command reverts to the default behavior, which is to enable the use of 4-byte AS number.

disable-capability-negotiation

Syntax 
[no] disable-capability-negotiation
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command disables the exchange of capabilities. When this command is enabled and after the peering is flapped, any new capabilities are not negotiated and will strictly support IPv4 routing exchanges with that peer.

The no form of this removes this command from the configuration and reverts to the normal behavior.

Default 

no disable-capability-negotiation

disable-communities

Syntax 
disable-communities [standard] [extended]
no disable-communities
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures BGP to disable sending communities.

Parameters 
standard—
Keyword to specify standard communities that existed before VPRNs or 2547.
extended—
Keyword to specify BGP communities used were expanded after the concept of 2547 was introduced, to include handling the VRF target.

disable-fast-external-failover

Syntax 
[no] disable-fast-external-failover
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures BGP fast external failover.

enable-peer-tracking

Syntax 
[no] enable-peer-tracking
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables BGP peer tracking.

Default 

no enable-peer-tracking

export

Syntax 
export policy [policy...]
no export
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the export policies to be used to control routes advertised to BGP neighbors.

When multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. A maximum of five (5) policy names can be configured. The first policy that matches is applied.

IF a non-existent route policy is applied to a VPRN instance, a CLI warning message is generated. This message is only generated at an interactive CLI session and the route policy association is made. No warning message is generated when a non-existent route policy is applied to a VPRN instance in a configuration file or when SNMP is used.

By default, BGP advertises routes from other BGP routes but does not advertise any routes from other protocols unless directed by an export policy.

The no form of this command removes all route policy names from the export list.

Default 

no export

Parameters 
policy—
Specifies a route policy statement name.

family

Syntax 
family [ipv4] [ipv6]
no family
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the IP family capability.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

no family

Parameters 
ipv4—
Keyword that provisions IPv4 support.
ipv6—
Keyword that provisions IPv6 support.

group

Syntax 
group name [dynamic-peer]
no group
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8CC

Description 

This command enables the context to configure a BGP peer group.

The no form of this command deletes the specified peer group and all configurations associated with the peer group. The group must be shut down before it can be deleted.

Parameters 
name—
Specifies the peer group name. Allowed values is a string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
dynamic-peer—
Keyword that designates the specific BGP group will be used by BGP peers created dynamically based on subscriber-hosts pointing to corresponding BGP peering policy. There can be only one BGP group with this flag set in any specific VPRN. No BGP neighbors can be manually configured in a BGP group with this flag set.
Default—
disabled

neighbor

Syntax 
[no] neighbor ip-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a BGP peer/neighbor instance within the context of the BGP group.

This command can be issued repeatedly to create multiple peers and their associated configuration.

The no form of this command removes the specified neighbor and the entire configuration associated with the neighbor. The neighbor must be administratively shutdown before attempting to delete it. If the neighbor is not shut down, the command does not result in any action except a warning message on the console indicating that neighbor is still administratively up.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the BGP peer router in dotted decimal notation.
Values—
ip-address: a.b.c.d

 

family

Syntax 
family [ipv4]
no family
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8CC

Description 

This command configures the address family or families to be supported over BGP peerings in the base router. This command is additive, so issuing the family command adds the specified address family to the list.

The no form of this command removes the specified address family from the associated BGP peerings. If an address family is not specified, the supported address family reverts to the default.

Default 

ipv4

Parameters 
ipv4—
Keyword that provisions support for IPv4 routing information.

hold-time

Syntax 
hold-time seconds [strict]
no hold-time
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8CC

Description 

This command configures the BGP hold time.

The BGP hold time specifies the maximum time BGP waits between successive messages (either keepalive or update) from its peer, before closing the connection. This command can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

Even though the router OS implementation allows setting the keepalive time separately, the configured keepalive timer is overridden by the hold-time value under the following circumstances.

  1. If the specified hold-time is less than the configured keepalive time, the operational keepalive time is set to a third of the hold-time; the configured keepalive time is not changed.
  2. If the hold-time is set to zero, the operational value of the keepalive time is set to zero; the configured keepalive time is not changed. This means that the connection with the peer is up permanently and no keepalive packets are sent to the peer.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to the default value.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

90 seconds

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the hold time, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer. A value of 0 indicates the connection to the peer is up permanently.
Values—
0, 3 to 65535

 

strict—
Keyword to specify that the advertised BGP hold-time from the far-end BGP peer must be greater than or equal to the specified value.

import

Syntax 
import policy [policy...]
no import
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the import policies to be used to control routes advertised to BGP neighbors. Route policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context. When multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. A maximum of five (5) policy names can be specified. The first policy that matches is applied.

By default, BGP accepts all routes from configured BGP neighbors. Import policies can be used to limit or modify the routes accepted and their corresponding parameters and metrics.

The no form of this command removes all route policy names from the import list.

Default 

no import

Parameters 
policy—
Specifies a route policy statement name.

keepalive

Syntax 
keepalive seconds
no keepalive
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the BGP keepalive timer. A keepalive message is sent every time this timer expires. The seconds parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

The keepalive value is generally one-third of the hold-time interval. Even though the OS implementation allows the keepalive value and the hold-time interval to be independently set, the configured keepalive value is overridden by the hold-time value under the following circumstances.

  1. If the specified keepalive value is greater than the configured hold-time, the specified value is ignored, and the keepalive is set to one-third of the current hold-time value.
  2. If the specified hold-time interval is less than the configured keepalive value, the keepalive value is reset to one third of the specified hold-time interval.
  3. If the hold-time interval is set to zero, the configured keepalive value is ignored. This means that the connection with the peer is up permanently and no keepalive packets are sent to the peer.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to the default value.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

30 seconds

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the keepalive timer in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 21845

 

local-address

Syntax 
local-address ip-address
no local-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the local IP address used by the group or neighbor when communicating with BGP peers.

Outgoing connections use the local-address as the source of the TCP connection when initiating connections with a peer.

When a local address is not specified, the 7210 SAS uses the system IP address when communicating with iBGP peers, and uses the interface address for directly connected eBGP peers. This command is used at the neighbor level to revert to the value defined under the group level.

By default, the router ID is used when communicating with iBGP peers, and the interface address is used for directly connected eBGP peers

The no form of this command removes the configured local-address for BGP.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no local-address

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the local address expressed in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are a valid routable IP address on the router, either an interface or system IP address.

local-as

Syntax 
local-as as-number [private]
no local-as
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a BGP virtual autonomous system (AS) number.

In addition to the ASN configured for BGP in the config>router>autonomous-system context, a virtual (local) ASN is configured.The virtual ASN is added to the as-path message before the router ASN makes the virtual AS the second AS in the as-path.

This command can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). Therefore, by specifying this at each neighbor level, it is possible to have a separate as-number for each eBGP session.

When a command is entered multiple times for the same AS, the last command entered is used in the configuration. The private attribute can be added or removed dynamically by reissuing the command.

Changing the local AS at the global level in an active BGP instance causes the BGP instance to restart with the new local ASN. Changing the local AS at the global level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to reestablish the peer relationships with all peers in the group with the new local ASN. Changing the local AS at the neighbor level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to reestablish the peer relationship with the new local ASN.

This is an optional command and can be used in the following circumstance:

Provider router P is moved from AS1 to AS2. The customer router that is connected to P, however, is configured to belong to AS1. To avoid reconfiguring the customer router, the local-as value on router P can be set to AS1. Therefore, router P adds AS1 to the as-path message for routes it advertises to the customer router.

The no form of this command used at the global level removes any configured virtual ASN.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no local-as

Parameters 
as-number—
Specifies the virtual autonomous system number, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

private—
Keyword to specify that the local-as is hidden in paths learned from the peering.

local-preference

Syntax 
local-preference local-preference
no local-preference
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables setting the BGP local-preference attribute in incoming routes if not specified, and configures the default value for the attribute. This value is used if the BGP route arrives from a BGP peer without the local-preference integer set.

The specified value can be overridden by any value set via a route policy. This command can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

By default, this command does not override the local-preference value set in arriving routes and analyze routes without local preference with value of 100

The no form of this command at the global level specifies that incoming routes with local-preference set are not overridden and routes arriving without local-preference set are interpreted as if the route had a local-preference value of 100.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no local-preference

Parameters 
local-preference—
Specifies the local preference value to be used as the override value, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

loop-detect

Syntax 
loop-detect {drop-peer | discard-route | ignore-loop | off}
no loop-detect
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures how the BGP peer session handles loop detection in the AS path.

This command can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

Dynamic configuration changes of loop-detect are not recognized.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default, which is loop-detect ignore-loop.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

loop-detect ignore-loop

Parameters 
drop-peer—
Keyword that sends a notification to the remote peer and drops the session.
discard-route—
Keyword that discards routes received with loops in the AS path.
ignore-loop—
Keyword that ignores routes with loops in the AS path but maintains peering.
off—
Keyword that disables loop detection.

med-out

Syntax 
med-out {number | igp-cost}
no med-out
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command advertises the MED and assigns the value used for the path attribute for the MED advertised to BGP peers, if the MED is not already set.

The specified value can be overridden by any value set via a route policy.

This command can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default where the MED is not advertised.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no med-out

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the MED path attribute value, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

igp-cost—
Keyword that specifies the MED is set to the IGP cost of the specific IP prefix.

min-as-origination

Syntax 
min-as-origination seconds
no min-as-origination
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the minimum interval, in seconds, at which a path attribute, originated by the local router, can be advertised to a peer.

This command can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

15 seconds

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the minimum path attribute advertising interval, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
2 to 255

 

min-route-advertisement

Syntax 
min-route-advertisement seconds
no min-route-advertisement
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the minimum interval at which a prefix can be advertised to a peer.

This command can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

30 seconds

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the minimum route advertising interval, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1to 255

 

multihop

Syntax 
multihop ttl-value
no multihop
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the time to live (TTL) value entered in the IP header of packets sent to an eBGP peer multiple hops away.

This parameter is meaningful only when configuring eBGP peers. It is ignored if set for an iBGP peer.

The no form of this command is used to convey to the BGP instance that the eBGP peers are directly connected.

The no form of this command reverts to default values.

Default 

1 — eBGP peers are directly connected

64 — iBGP

Parameters 
ttl-value—
Specifies the TTL value, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

passive

Syntax 
[no] passive
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables passive mode for the BGP group or neighbor.

When in passive mode, BGP does not attempt to actively connect to the configured BGP peers but responds only when it receives a connect open request from the peer.

By default, BGP actively tries to connect to all the configured peers.

The no form of this command used at the group level disables passive mode where BGP actively attempts to connect to its peers.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no passive

peer-as

Syntax 
peer-as as-number
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the AS number for the remote peer. The peer ASN must be configured for each configured peer.

For eBGP peers, the peer ASN configured must be different from the AS number configured for this router under the global level, because the peer will be in a different autonomous system than this router.

For iBGP peers, the peer ASN must be the same as the AS number of this router configured under the global level.

By default, no AS numbers are defined.

This is a required command for each configured peer. This may be configured under the group level for all neighbors in a particular group.

Parameters 
as-number—
Specifies the AS number, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

preference

Syntax 
[no] preference preference
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the route preference for routes learned from the configured peers.

This command can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group), or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

The lower the preference, the higher the chance of the route being the active route. The OS assigns BGP routes highest default preference compared to routes that are direct, static, or learned via MPLS or OSPF.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default value.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

170

Parameters 
preference—
Specifies the route preference, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

prefix-limit

Syntax 
prefix-limit limit [log-only] [threshold percent]
no prefix-limit
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the maximum number of routes BGP can learn from a peer.

When the number of routes reaches a certain percentage (default is 90% of this limit), an SNMP trap is sent. When the limit is exceeded, the BGP peering is dropped and disabled.

The no form of this command removes the prefix-limit command.

Default 

no prefix-limit

Parameters 
limit—
Specifies the number of routes that can be learned from a peer, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

log-only—
Keyword that enables the warning message to be sent at the specified threshold percentage, and also when the limit is exceeded. However, the BGP peering is not dropped.
percent—
Specifies the threshold value (as a percentage) that triggers a warning message to be sent.
Default—
90%

rapid-withdrawal

Syntax 
[no] rapid-withdrawal
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command disables the delay (Minimum Route Advertisement) on sending BGP withdrawals. Normal route withdrawals may be delayed up to the minimum route advertisement to allow for efficient packing of BGP updates.

The no form of this command removes this command from the configuration and reverts withdrawal processing to the normal behavior.

Default 

no rapid-withdrawal

remove-private

Syntax 
[no] remove-private
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command allows private ASNs to be removed from the AS path before advertising them to BGP peers.

When this command is set at the global level, it applies to all peers regardless of group or neighbor configuration. When this command is set at the group level, it applies to all peers in the group regardless of the neighbor configuration.

The OS software recognizes the set of ASNs that are defined by IANA as private. These are ASNs in the range 64512 through 65535, inclusive.

By default, private ASNs will be included in the AS path attribute.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default value.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no remove-private

type

Syntax 
[no] type {internal | external}
Context 
config>service>vprn>bgp>group
config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the BGP peer type as internal or external.

The internal type indicates the peer is an iBGP peer, the external type indicates that the peer is an eBGP peer.

By default, the OS derives the type of neighbor based on the local AS specified. If the local AS specified is the same as the AS of the router, the peer is considered internal. If the local AS is different, the peer is considered external.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the default value.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no type

Parameters 
internal—
Keyword that configures the peer as internal.
external—
Keyword that configures the peer as external.

8.4.2.3. OSPF Commands

ospf

Syntax 
[no] ospf
Context 
config>service>vprn
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure an OSPF protocol instance.

When an OSPF instance is created, the protocol is enabled. To start or suspend execution of the OSPF protocol without affecting the configuration, use the no shutdown command.

The no form of this command deletes the OSPF protocol instance, removing all associated configuration parameters.

Default 

no ospf

area

Syntax 
[no] area area-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure an OSPF area. An area is a collection of network segments within an AS that have been administratively grouped. The area ID can be specified in dotted decimal notation or as a 32-bit decimal integer.

The no form of this command deletes the specified area from the configuration. Deleting the area also removes the OSPF configuration of all the interfaces, virtual links, sham-links, and address-ranges that are currently assigned to this area.

Default 

no area

Parameters 
area-id—
Specifies the OSPF area ID, expressed in dotted decimal notation or as a 32-bit decimal integer.
Values—
0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255 (dotted decimal)
0 to 4294967295 (decimal integer)

 

area-range

Syntax 
area-range [ip-prefix/mask] [ipv6-prefix/prefix-length] [advertise | not-advertise]
no area-range ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>nssa
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures ranges of addresses on an Area Border Router (ABR) for the purpose of route summarization or suppression. When a range is created, the range is configured to be advertised or not advertised into other areas. Multiple range commands may be used to summarize or hide different ranges. In the case of overlapping ranges, the most specific range command applies.

ABRs send summary link advertisements to describe routes to other areas. To minimize the number of advertisements that are flooded, you can summarize a range of IP addresses and send reachability information about these addresses in an LSA.

The no form of this command deletes the range (non) advertisement.

Default 

no area-range

Special Cases 
NSSA Context—
In the NSSA context, the option specifies that the range applies to external routes (via type-7 LSAs) learned within the NSSA when the routes are advertised to other areas as type-5 LSAs.
Area Context—
If this command is not entered under the NSSA context, the range applies to summary LSAs even if the area is an NSSA.
Parameters 
ip-prefix/mask—
Specifies the IP prefix for the range in dotted-decimal notation and the subnet mask for the range, expressed as a decimal integer.

ip-prefix:

0 to 32

mask:

0 to 32)

ipv6-prefix/prefix-length—
Specifies the IPv6 prefix for the range in hexadecimal notation and the prefix length for the range.

ipv6-prefix:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

prefix-length:

0 to 128

advertise | not-advertise—
Keyword that specify whether to advertise the summarized range of addresses into other areas. The advertise keyword indicates the range is advertised, and the not-advertise keyword indicates the range is not advertised.
Default—
advertise

blackhole-aggregate

Syntax 
[no] blackhole-aggregate
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command installs a low priority blackhole route for the entire aggregate. Existing routes that make up the aggregate will have a higher priority, and only the components of the range for which no route exists are blackholed.

It is possible that when performing area aggregation, addresses may be included in the range for which no actual route exists. This can cause routing loops. To avoid this problem, configure the blackhole-aggregate command.

The no form of this command removes this option.

Default 

blackhole-aggregate

interface

Syntax 
[no] interface ip-int-name [secondary]
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure an OSPF interface.

By default, interfaces are not activated in any interior gateway protocol, such as OSPF, unless explicitly configured.

The no form of this command deletes the OSPF interface configuration for this interface. The shutdown command in the config>router>ospf>interface context can be used to disable an interface without removing the configuration for the interface.

Default 

no interface

Parameters 
ip-int-name—
Specifies the IP interface name. Interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface and config service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, etc.), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured, an error message is returned.

If the IP interface exists in a different area, it is moved to this area.

secondary—
Keyword that allows multiple secondary adjacencies to be established over a single IP interface.

sham-link

Syntax 
sham-link ip-int-name ip-address
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command is similar to a virtual link with the exception that a metric must be included to distinguish the cost between the MPLS-VPRN link and the backdoor.

Parameters 
ip-int-name—
Specifies the local interface name used for the sham-link. This is a mandatory parameter and interface names must be unique within the group of defined IP interfaces for config router interface, config service ies interface, and config service vprn interface commands. An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. Interface names can be any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters, the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. If the IP interface name does not exist or does not have an IP address configured, an error message is returned.
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the SHAM-link neighbor in IP address dotted decimal notation. This parameter is the remote peer of the sham link IP address used to set up the SHAM link. This is a mandatory parameter and must be a valid IP address.

advertise-subnet

Syntax 
[no] advertise-subnet
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables advertising point-to-point interfaces as subnet routes (network number and mask). When disabled, point-to-point interfaces are advertised as host routes.

By default, point-to-point interfaces are advertised as subnet routes.

The no form of this command disables advertising point-to-point interfaces as subnet routes meaning they are advertised as host routes.

Default 

advertise-subnet

authentication-key

Syntax 
authentication-key [authentication-key | hash-key] [hash | hash2]
no authentication-key
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the password used by the OSPF interface, virtual link, or sham link to send and receive OSPF protocol packets on the interface when simple password authentication is configured.

All neighboring routers must use the same type of authentication and password for correct protocol communication. If the authentication-type is configured as the password, this key must be configured.

By default, no authentication key is configured.

The no form of this command removes the authentication key.

Default 

no authentication-key

Parameters 
authentication-key—
Specifies the authentication key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 8 characters (unencrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).
hash-key—
Specifies the hash key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 22 characters (encrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).

This is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but, for security purposes, the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.

hash—
Keyword to specify the key is entered in an encrypted form. If the hash parameter is not used, the key is assumed to be in a non-encrypted, clear text form. For security, all keys are stored in encrypted form in the configuration file with the hash parameter specified.
hash2—
Keyword to specify the key is entered in a more complex encrypted form. If the hash2 parameter is not used, the less encrypted hash form is assumed.

authentication-type

Syntax 
authentication-type {password | message-digest}
no authentication-type
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables authentication and specifies the type of authentication to be used on the OSPF interface, virtual link, or sham link.

Both simple password and message-digest authentication are supported.

By default, authentication is not enabled on an interface.

The no form of this command disables authentication on the interface.

Default 

no authentication

Parameters 
password—
Keyword that enables simple password (plain text) authentication. If authentication is enabled and no authentication type is specified in the command, simple password authentication is enabled.
message-digest—
Keyword that enables message digest MD5 authentication in accordance with RFC1321. If this option is configured, at least one message-digest-key must be configured.

bfd-enable

Syntax 
[no] bfd-enable [remain-down-on-failure]
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>interface
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the use of BFD to control the state of the associated protocol interface. By enabling BFD on a specific protocol interface, the state of the protocol interface is tied to the state of the BFD session between the local node and the remote node. The parameters used for the BFD are set using the bfd-enable command under the IP interface.

BFD is not supported for IPv6 interfaces.

The no form of this command removes BFD from the associated IGP protocol adjacency.

Default 

no bfd-enable

Parameters 
remain-down-on-failure—
Keyword that forces adjacency down on BFD failure.

dead-interval

Syntax 
dead-interval seconds
no dead-interval
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the time that OSPF waits before declaring a neighbor router down. If no hello packets are received from a neighbor for the duration of the dead interval, the router is assumed to be down. The minimum interval must be two times the hello interval.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

40

Special Cases 
OSPF interface—
If the dead-interval applies to an interface, all nodes on the subnet must have the same dead interval.
Sham link—
If the dead-interval applies to a sham link, the interval on both endpoints of the sham link must have the same dead interval.
Virtual link—
If the dead-interval applies to a virtual link, the interval on both endpoints of the virtual link must have the same dead interval.
Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the dead interval in seconds.
Values—
2 to 2147483647

 

hello-interval

Syntax 
hello-interval seconds
no hello-interval
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the interval between OSPF hellos issued on the interface, virtual link, or sham link.

This command, in combination with the dead-interval command, is used to establish and maintain the adjacency. Use this command to edit the frequency that hello packets are sent.

Reducing the interval, in combination with an appropriate reduction in the associated dead-interval, allows for faster detection of link or router failures at the cost of higher processing costs.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

hello-interval 10

Special Cases 
OSPF interface—
If the hello-interval applies to an interface, all nodes on the subnet must have the same hello interval.
Sham link —
If the hello-interval applies to a sham link, the interval on both endpoints of the sham link must have the same hello interval.
Virtual link —
If the hello-interval applies to a virtual link, the interval on both endpoints of the virtual link must have the same hello interval.
Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the hello interval in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

interface-type

Syntax 
interface-type {broadcast | point-to-point}
no interface-type
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the interface type as either broadcast or point-to-point.

Use this command to set the interface type of an Ethernet link to point-to-point to avoid having to carry the broadcast adjacency maintenance overhead if the Ethernet link provided the link is used as a point-to-point.

If the interface type is not known at the time the interface is added to OSPF and subsequently the IP interface is bound (or moved) to a different interface type, this command must be entered manually.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

point-to-point — If the physical interface is SONET.

broadcast — If the physical interface is Ethernet or unknown.

Special Cases 
Virtual link—
A virtual link is always regarded as a point-to-point interface and not configurable.
Parameters 
broadcast—
Keyword that configures the interface to maintain this link as a broadcast network. To significantly improve adjacency forming and network convergence, a network should be configured as point-to-point if only two routers are connected, even if the network is a broadcast medium, such as Ethernet.
point-to-point—
Keyword that configures the interface to maintain this link as a point-to-point link.

message-digest-key

Syntax 
message-digest-key key-id md5 [key | hash-key] [hash]
no message-digest-key key-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a message digest key when MD5 authentication is enabled on the interface, virtual link, or sham link. Multiple message digest keys can be configured.

The no form of this command removes the message digest key identified by the key-id.

Parameters 
key-id—
Specifies the key-id, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

md5 key
Specifies the MD5 key. The key can be any alphanumeric string up to 16 characters.
md5 hash-key—
Specifies the MD5 hash key. The key can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 32 characters (encrypted). If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (“ ”).

This is useful when a user must configure the parameter, but, for security purposes, the actual unencrypted key value is not provided.

hash—
Keyword to specify the key is entered in an encrypted form. If the hash parameter is not used, the key is assumed to be in a non-encrypted, clear text form. For security, all keys are stored in encrypted form in the configuration file with the hash parameter specified.

metric

Syntax 
metric metric
no metric
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures an explicit route cost metric for the OSPF interface that overrides the metrics calculated based on the speed of the underlying link.

By default, the metric is based on reference-bandwidth setting and the link speed.

The no form of this command deletes the manually configured interface metric, so the interface uses the computed metric based on the reference-bandwidth command setting and the speed of the underlying link.

Default 

no metric

Parameters 
metric—
Specifies the metric to be applied to the interface, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

mtu

Syntax 
mtu bytes
no mtu
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the OSPF interface MTU value used when negotiating an OSPF packet size used on this interface. If this command is not configured, OSPF derives the MTU value from the MTU configured (default or explicitly) in the following contexts:

  1. config>port>ethernet
  2. config>port>sonet-sdh>path
  3. config>port>tdm>t3-e3
  4. config>port>tdm>t1-e1>channel-group

If this command is configured, the smaller value between the value in this command here and the MTU configured (default or explicitly) in one of the previously mentioned contexts is used.

By default, the value derived from the MTU configured in the config>port context is used.

To determine the actual packet size, add 14 bytes for an Ethernet packet and 18 bytes for a tagged Ethernet packet to the size of the OSPF (IP) packet MTU configured in this command.

Use the no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no mtu

Parameters 
bytes—
Specifies the MTU to be used by OSPF for this logical interface in bytes.
Values—
512 to 9198 (9212 - 14) (depends on the physical media)

 

passive

Syntax 
[no] passive
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command adds the passive property to the OSPF interface where passive interfaces are advertised as OSPF interfaces but do not run the OSPF protocol.

By default, only interface addresses that are configured for OSPF are advertised as OSPF interfaces. The passive command allows an interface to be advertised as an OSPF interface without running the OSPF protocol.

While in passive mode, the interface will ignore ingress OSPF protocol packets and not transmit any OSPF protocol packets.

By default, service interfaces defined in the config>router>service-prefix context are passive; all other interfaces are not passive.

The no form of this command removes the passive property from the OSPF interface.

priority

Syntax 
priority number
no priority
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the priority of the OSPF interface that is used in an election of the designated router on the subnet.

This command is used only if the interface is of the broadcast type. The router with the highest priority interface becomes the designated router. A router with a priority value of 0 is not eligible to be a designated router or backup designated router.

The no form of this command reverts the interface priority to the default value.

Default 

priority 1

Parameters 
number—
Specifies the interface priority expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 255

 

retransmit-interval

Syntax 
retransmit-interval seconds
no retransmit-interval
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the length of time that OSPF waits before retransmitting an unacknowledged link state advertisement (LSA) to an OSPF neighbor.

The value should be longer than the expected round trip delay between any two routers on the attached network. When the retransmit-interval expires and no acknowledgment has been received, the LSA is retransmitted.

The no form of this command reverts to the default interval.

Default 

retransmit-interval 5

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the retransmit interval, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 3600

 

transit-delay

Syntax 
transit-delay seconds
no transit-delay
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>sham-link
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>virtual-link
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the estimated time to transmit an LSA on the interface or sham-link.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

transit-delay 1

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the transit delay, in seconds, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 3600

 

nssa

Syntax 
[no] nssa
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure an OSPF Not So Stubby Area (NSSA) and adds or removes the NSSA designation from the area.

NSSAs are similar to stub areas in that no external routes are imported into the area from other OSPF areas. The major difference between a stub area and an NSSA is an NSSA has the capability to flood external routes that it learns throughout its area and via an ABR to the entire OSPF domain.

Existing virtual links of a non-stub area or NSSA are removed when the designation is changed to NSSA or stub.

An area can be designated as stub or NSSA but never both at the same time.

By default, an area is not configured as an NSSA.

The no form of this command removes the NSSA designation and configuration context from the area.

Default 

no nssa

originate-default-route

Syntax 
originate-default-route [type-7]
no originate-default-route
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>nssa
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the type-7 parameter, which injects a type 7 LSA default route instead of a type 3 LSA into the NSSA configured with no summaries.

To return to a type 3 LSA, enter the originate-default-route command without the type-7 parameter.

When configuring an NSSA with no summaries, the ABR will inject a type 3 LSA default route into the NSSA.

The no form of this command disables origination of a default route.

Default 

no originate-default-route

Parameters 
type-7—
Specifies that a type 7 LSA is used for the default route.
Default—
type 3 LSA for the default route

redistribute-external

Syntax 
[no] redistribute-external
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>nssa
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the redistribution of external routes into the NSSA or an NSSA ABR that is exporting the routes into non-NSSA areas.

NSSAs are similar to stub areas in that no external routes are imported into the area from other OSPF areas. The major difference between a stub area and an NSSA is that the NSSA has the capability to flood external routes that it learns (providing it is an ASBR) throughout its area and via an ABR to the entire OSPF domain.

The no form of this command disables the default behavior to automatically redistribute external routes into the NSSA area from the NSSA ABR.

Default 

redistribute-external

summaries

Syntax 
[no] summaries
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>nssa
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>stub
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables sending summary (type 3) advertisements into a stub area or NSSA on an ABR. This command is particularly useful to reduce the size of the routing and Link State Database (LSDB) tables within the stub area or NSSA. By default, summary route advertisements are sent into the stub area or NSSA.

The no form of this command disables sending summary route advertisements and, for stub areas, only the default route is advertised by the ABR.

Default 

summaries

stub

Syntax 
[no] stub
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure an OSPF or stub area and adds or removes the stub designation from the area. External routing information is not flooded into stub areas. All routers in the stub area must be configured with the stub command. An OSPF area cannot be both an NSSA and a stub area. Existing virtual links of a non-stub area or non-NSSA will be removed when its designation is changed to NSSA or stub.

By default, an area is not a stub area.

The no form of this command removes the stub designation and configuration context from the area.

Default 

no stub

default-metric

Syntax 
default-metric metric
no default-metric
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area>stub
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the metric used by the ABR for the default route into a stub area. The default metric should only be configured on an ABR of a stub area. An ABR generates a default route if the area is a stub area.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

default-metric 1

Parameters 
metric—
Specifies the metric expressed as a decimal integer for the default route cost to be advertised into the stub area.
Values—
1 to 16777215

 

virtual-link

Syntax 
[no] virtual-link router-id transit-area area-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>area
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures a virtual link to connect ABRs to the backbone using a virtual link. The backbone area (area 0.0.0.0) must be contiguous and all other areas must be connected to the backbone area. If it is not practical to connect an area to the backbone (see area 0.0.0.2 in Figure 87), the ABRs (routers 1 and 2 in Figure 87) must be connected via a virtual link. The two ABRs will form a point-to-point like adjacency across the transit area (area 0.0.0.1 in Figure 87). A virtual link can be configured only while in the area 0.0.0.0 context.

The router-id specified in this command must be associated with the virtual neighbor. The transit area cannot be a stub area or an NSSA.

The no form of this command deletes the virtual link.

Parameters 
router-id—
Specifies the router ID of the virtual neighbor in IP address dotted decimal notation.
transit-area area-id
Specifies the transit area that links the backbone area with the area that has no physical connection with the backbone.

Figure 87 shows an OSPF backbone area configuration. The OSPF backbone area, area 0.0.0.0, must be contiguous and all other areas must be connected to the backbone area. The backbone distributes routing information between areas. If it is not practical to connect an area to the backbone (see area 0.0.0.5) the ABRs (such as routers Y and Z) must be connected via a virtual link. The two ABRs form a point-to-point-like adjacency across the transit area (see area 0.0.0.4).

Figure 87:  OSPF Areas 

compatible-rfc1583

Syntax 
[no] compatible-rfc1583
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures OSPF summary and external route calculations, in compliance with RFC1583 and earlier RFCs.

RFC1583 and earlier RFCs use a different method to calculate summary and external route costs. To avoid routing loops, all routers in an OSPF domain should perform the same calculation method.

Although it would be favorable to require all routers to run a more current compliance level, this command allows the router to use obsolete methods of calculation.

The no form of this command enables the post-RFC1583 method of summary and external route calculation.

Default 

compatible-rfc1583

export

Syntax 
export policy-name [policy-name…up to 5 max]
no export
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command associates export route policies to determine which routes are exported from the route table to OSPF. Export polices are in effect only if OSPF is configured as an ASBR.

If no export policy is specified, non-OSPF routes are not exported from the routing table manager to OSPF.

If multiple policy names are specified, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied. If multiple export commands are issued, the last command entered will override the previous command. A maximum of five policy names can be specified.

The no form of this command removes all policies from the configuration.

Default 

no export

Parameters 
policy-name—
Specifies the export route policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (such #, $, spaces), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

The specified names must already be defined.

external-db-overflow

Syntax 
external-db-overflow limit interval
no external-db-overflow
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures limits on the number of non-default AS-external-LSA entries that can be stored in the link-state database (LSDB) and specifies a wait timer before processing these after the limit is exceeded.

The limit value specifies the maximum number of non-default AS-external-LSA entries that can be stored in the LSDB. Placing a limit on the non-default AS-external-LSAs in the LSDB protects the router from receiving an excessive number of external routes that consume excessive memory or CPU resources. If the number of routes reach or exceed the limit, the table is in an overflow state. When in an overflow state, the router will not originate any new AS-external-LSAs. In fact, it withdraws all the self-originated non-default external LSAs.

The interval specifies the amount of time to wait after an overflow state before regenerating and processing non-default AS-external-LSAs. The waiting period acts like a dampening period preventing the router from continuously running Shortest Path First (SPF) calculations caused by the excessive number of non-default AS-external LSAs.

The external-db-overflow must be set identically on all routers attached to a regular OSPF area. OSPF stub areas and NSSAs are excluded.

The no form of this command disables limiting the number of non-default AS-external-LSA entries.

Default 

no external-db-overflow

Parameters 
limit—
Specifies the maximum number of non-default AS-external-LSA entries that can be stored in the LSDB before going into an overflow state expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
-1 to 2147483647

 

interval—
Specifies the number of seconds, expressed as a decimal integer, after entering an overflow state before attempting to process non-default AS-external-LSAs.
Values—
0 to 2147483647

 

external-preference

Syntax 
external-preference preference
no external-preference
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the preference for OSPF external routes.

A route can be learned by the router from different protocols, in which case, the costs are not comparable. When this occurs, the preference is used to decide which route will be used.

Different protocols should not be configured with the same preference. If this occurs, the tiebreaker is based on the default preferences, as shown in Table 82.

Table 82:  Route Preference Defaults by Route Type 

Route Type

Preference

Configurable 

Direct attached

0

No

Static routes

5

Yes

OSPF internal

10

Yes 1

IS-IS level 1 internal

15

Yes

IS-IS level 2 internal

18

Yes

RIP

100

Yes

OSPF external

150

Yes

IS-IS level 1 external

160

Yes

IS-IS level 2 external

165

Yes

BGP

170

Yes

    Note:

  1. Preference for OSPF internal routes is configured with the preference command.

If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol and the costs (metrics) are equal, the decision of which route to use is determined by the configuration of the ecmp command in the config>router context.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

external-preference 150

Parameters 
preference—
Specifies the preference for external routes expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

graceful-restart

Syntax 
[no] graceful-restart
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures graceful restart for OSPF in the VPRN context. When the control plane of a GR-capable router fails, the VPRN OSPF peers (GR helpers) temporarily preserve neighbor information, so packets continue to be forwarded through the failed GR router using the last known routes. The helper state remains until the peer completes its restart or exits if the GR timer value is exceeded.

The no form of this command disables graceful restart and removes all graceful restart configurations in the OSPF instance.

Default 

no graceful-restart

helper-disable

Syntax 
[no] helper-disable
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>graceful-restart
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command disables the helper support for graceful restart.

When graceful-restart is enabled, the router can be a helper (meaning that the router is helping a neighbor to restart) or be a restarting router or both. The 7210 SAS supports only helper mode. This facilitates the graceful restart of neighbors but does not act as a restarting router (meaning that the 7210 SAS will not help the neighbors to restart).

The no helper-disable command enables helper support and is the default when graceful-restart is enabled.

Default 

helper-disable

ignore-dn-bit

Syntax 
[no] ignore-dn-bit
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies whether to ignore the DN bit for OSPF LSA packets for this instance of OSPF on the router. When enabled, the DN bit for OSPF LSA packets will be ignored. When disabled, the DN bit will not be ignored for OSPF LSA packets.

overload

Syntax 
overload [timeout seconds]
no overload
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command changes the overload state of the local router so that it appears to be overloaded. When overload is enabled, the router can participate in OSPF routing but is not used for transit traffic. Traffic destined to directly attached interfaces continues to reach the router.

Put the IGP in an overload state by entering a timeout value. The IGP will enter the overload state until the timeout timer expires or a no overload command is executed.

If the overload command is encountered during the execution of an overload-on-boot command this command takes precedence. This could occur as a result of a saved configuration file where both parameters are saved. When the file is saved by the system the overload-on-boot command is saved after the overload command.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value. When the no overload command is executed, the overload state is terminated regardless of the reason the protocol entered overload state.

Default 

no overload

Parameters 
timeout seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds to reset overloading.
Values—
60 to 1800

 

Default—
60

overload-include-stub

Syntax 
[no] overload-include-stub
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures whether the OSPF stub networks should be advertised with a maximum metric value when the system goes into overload state for any reason. When enabled, the system uses the maximum metric value. When this command is enabled and the router is in overload, all stub interfaces, including loopback and system interfaces, are advertised at the maximum metric.

Default 

no overload-include-stub

overload-on-boot

Syntax 
overload-on-boot [timeout seconds]
no overload
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

77210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

When the router is in an overload state, the router is used only if there is no other router to reach the destination. This command configures the IGP upon bootup in the overload state until one of the following events occur:

  1. timeout timer expires
  2. manual override of the current overload state is entered with the no overload command

The no overload command does not affect the overload-on-boot command.

The no form of this command removes the overload-on-boot command from the configuration.

Default 

no overload-on-boot

Parameters 
timeout seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds to reset overloading.
Values—
60 to 1800

 

Default—
60

preference

Syntax 
preference preference
no preference
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the preference for internal routes for an OSPF instance.

Different protocols should not be configured with the same preference. If this occurs, the tiebreaker is based on the default preference table, as listed in Table 82. If multiple routes are learned with an identical preference using the same protocol, the lowest cost route is used.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

preference 10

Parameters 
preference—
Specifies the preference for internal routes expressed as a decimal integer. Table 82 lists the defaults for different route types.
Values—
1 to 255

 

reference-bandwidth

Syntax 
reference-bandwidth reference-bandwidth
no reference-bandwidth
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the reference bandwidth in kilobits per second (Kbps) that provides the reference for the default costing of interfaces based on their underlying link speed.

The default interface cost is calculated as follows:

cost = reference-bandwidth/bandwidth

The default reference-bandwidth is 100,000,000 Kbps or 100 Gbps, so the default auto-cost metrics for various link speeds are as follows:

  1. 10 Mbs link default cost of 10000
  2. 100 Mbs link default cost of 1000
  3. 1 Gbps link default cost of 100
  4. 10 Gbps link default cost of 10

The reference-bandwidth command assigns a default cost to the interface based on the interface speed. To override this default cost on a particular interface, use the metric command in the config>router>ospf>area>interface ip-int-name context.

The no form of this command reverts the reference-bandwidth to the default value.

Default 

reference-bandwidth 100000000

Parameters 
reference-bandwidth—
Specifies the reference bandwidth in kilobits per second expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 1000000000

 

router-id

Syntax 
router-id ip-address
no router-id
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the router ID for the OSPF instance.

Configuring the router ID in the base instance of OSPF overrides the router ID configured in the config>router context.

The default value for the base instance is inherited from the configuration in the config>router context. If the router ID in the config>router context is not configured, the following applies:

  1. the system uses the system interface address (which is also the loopback address)
  2. if a system interface address is not configured, use the last 32 bits of the chassis MAC address

When configuring a new router ID, the instance is not automatically restarted with the new router ID. The next time the instance is initialized, the new router ID is used.

To force the new router ID to be used, issue the shutdown and no shutdown commands for the instance, or reboot the entire router.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

0.0.0.0 (base OSPF)

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies a 32-bit unsigned integer uniquely identifying the router in the AS.

super-backbone

Syntax 
[no] super-backbone
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies whether CE-PE functionality is required. The OSPF super backbone indicates the type of the LSA generated as a result of routes redistributed into OSPF. When enabled, the redistributed routes are injected as summary, external, or NSSA LSAs. When disabled, the redistributed routes are injected as either external or NSSA LSAs only.

Default 

no super-backbone

suppress-dn-bit

Syntax 
[no] suppress-dn-bit
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies whether to suppress the setting of the DN bit for OSPF LSA packets generated by this instance of OSPF on the router. When enabled, the DN bit for OSPF LSA packets generated by this instance of the OSPF router will not be set. When disabled, this instance of the OSPF router will follow the normal procedure to determine whether to set the DN bit.

Default 

no suppress-dn-bit

timers

Syntax 
timers
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to configure OSPF timers. Timers control the delay between receipt of an LSA requiring an SPF calculation and the minimum time between successive SPF calculations.

Changing the timers affects CPU utilization and network reconvergence times. Lower values reduce convergence time but increase CPU utilization. Higher values reduce CPU utilization but increase reconvergence time.

lsa-arrival

Syntax 
lsa-arrival lsa-arrival-time
no lsa-arrival
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>timers
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the minimum delay that must pass between receipt of the same LSAs arriving from neighbors. Nokia recommends that the neighbor configured (lsa-generate) lsa-second-wait interval is equal to or greater than the lsa-arrival timer configured in this command.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no lsa-arrival

Parameters 
lsa-arrival-time—
Specifies the timer in milliseconds. Values entered that do not match this requirement are rejected.
Values—
0 to 600000

 

lsa-generate

Syntax 
lsa-generate max-lsa-wait [lsa-initial-wait [lsa-second-wait]]
no lsa-generate-interval
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>timers
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the throttling of OSPF LSA-generation. Timers that determine when to generate the first, second, and subsequent LSAs can be controlled with this command. Subsequent LSAs are generated at increasing intervals of the lsa-second-wait timer until a maximum value is reached. Configuring the lsa-arrival interval to equal or less than the lsa-second-wait interval configured in the lsa-generate command is recommended.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no lsa-generate

Parameters 
max-lsa-wait—
Specifies the maximum interval, in milliseconds, between two consecutive occurrences of an LSA being generated.

The timer must be entered as 1 or in millisecond increments. Values entered that do not match this requirement are rejected.

Values—
1 to 600000

 

spf-wait

Syntax 
spf-wait max-spf-wait [spf-initial-wait [spf-second-wait]]
no spf-wait
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf>timers
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command defines the maximum interval between two consecutive SPF calculations. Timers that determine when to initiate the first, second, and subsequent SPF calculations after a topology change occurs can be controlled with this command. Subsequent SPF runs (if required) will occur at exponentially increasing intervals of the spf-second-wait interval. For example, if the spf-second-wait interval is 1000, the next SPF will run after 2000 milliseconds, and the next SPF will run after 4000 milliseconds, and so on, until it reaches the spf-wait value. The SPF interval will stay at the spf-wait value until there are no more SPF runs scheduled in that interval. After a full interval without any SPF runs, the SPF interval will drop back to spf-initial-wait.

The timer must be entered in increments of 100 milliseconds. Values entered that do not match this requirement are rejected.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no spf-wait

Parameters 
max-spf-wait—
Specifies the maximum interval in milliseconds between two consecutive SPF calculations.
Values—
1 to 120000

 

Default—
1000
spf-initial-wait —
Specifies the initial SPF calculation delay in milliseconds after a topology change.
Values—
10 to 100000

 

Default—
1000
spf-second-wait —
Specifies the hold time in milliseconds between the first and second SPF calculation.
Values—
10 to 100000

 

Default—
1000

vpn-domain

Syntax 
vpn-domain [type {0005 | 0105 | 0205 | 8005}] id id
no vpn-domain
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command configures the type of the extended community attribute exchanged using BGP to carry the OSPF VPN domain ID. An attempt to modify the value of this object results in an inconsistent value error when it is not a VPRN instance. The parameters are mandatory and can be entered in any order.

Default 

no vpn-domain

Parameters 
id—
Specifies the OSPF VPN domain in the “xxxx.xxxx.xxxx” format. This is exchanged using BGP in the extended community attribute associated with a prefix.
type—
Specifies the type of the extended community attribute exchanged using BGP to carry the OSPF VPN domain ID.
Values—
0005, 0105, 0205, 8005

 

vpn-tag

Syntax 
vpn-tag vpn-tag
no vpn-tag
Context 
config>service>vprn>ospf
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command specifies the route tag for an OSPF VPN on a PE router. This field is set in the tag field of the OSPF external LSAs generated by the PE. This is mainly used to prevent routing loops. This applies to VPRN instances of OSPF only. An attempt to modify the value of this object results in an inconsistent value error when it is not a VPRN instance.

Default 

vpn-tag 0

8.4.2.4. VPRN Show Commands

egress-label

Syntax 
egress-label start-label [end-label]
Context 
show>service
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays services using the range of egress labels.

If only the mandatory start-label parameter is specified, only services using the specified label are displayed.

If both start-label and end-label parameters are specified, the services using the range of labels X where start-label <= X <= end-label are displayed.

Use the show router ldp bindings command to display dynamic labels.

Parameters 
start-label—
Specifies the starting egress label value for which to display services using the label range. If only egress-label1 is specified, services only using egress-label1 are displayed.
Values—
0, 2048 to 131071

 

end-label—
Specifies the ending egress label value for which to display services using the label range.
Values—
2049 to 131071

 

Default—
The egress-label1 value.
Output 

The following output is an example of egress label information, and Table 83 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show service egress-label 0 10000
==============================================================================
Martini Service Labels                                                         
==============================================================================
Svc Id     Sdp Id             Type I.Lbl        E.Lbl                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1          10:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          20:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          30:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          100:1              Mesh 0            0                              
...
1          107:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          108:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          300:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          301:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          302:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          400:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          500:2              Spok 131070       2001                           
1          501:1              Mesh 131069       2000                           
100        300:100            Spok 0            0                              
200        301:200            Spok 0            0                              
300        302:300            Spok 0            0                              
400        400:400            Spok 0            0                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Bindings Found : 23                                                  
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
Table 83:  Output Fields: Egress Label 

Label

Description

Svc Id

The ID that identifies a service.

Sdp Id

The ID that identifies an SDP.

Type

Indicates whether the SDP binding is a spoke or a mesh.

I. Lbl

The VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP.

E. Lbl

The VC label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP.

Number of bindings found

The total number of SDP bindings that exist within the specified egress label range.

ingress-label

Syntax 
ingress-label start-label [end-label]
Context 
show>service
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays services using the range of ingress labels.

If only the mandatory start-label parameter is specified, only services using the specified label are displayed.

If both start-label and end-label parameters are specified, the services using the range of labels X where start-label <= X <= end-label are displayed.

Use the show router vprn-service-id ldp bindings command to display dynamic labels.

Parameters 
start-label—
Specifies the starting ingress label value for which to display services using the label range. If only start-label is specified, services only using start-label are displayed.
Values—
0, 2048 to 131071

 

end-label—
Specifies the ending ingress label value for which to display services using the label range.
Values—
2048 to 131071

 

Default—
The start-label value.
Output 

The following output is an example of ingress label information, and Table 84 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show service ingress-label 0
==============================================================================
Martini Service Labels                                                         
==============================================================================
Svc Id     Sdp Id             Type I.Lbl        E.Lbl                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1          10:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          20:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          30:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          50:1               Mesh 0            0                              
1          100:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          101:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          102:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          103:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          104:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          105:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          106:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          107:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          108:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          300:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          301:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          302:1              Mesh 0            0                              
1          400:1              Mesh 0            0                              
100        300:100            Spok 0            0                              
200        301:200            Spok 0            0                              
300        302:300            Spok 0            0                              
400        400:400            Spok 0            0                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Bindings Found : 21
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12# 
 
Table 84:  Output Fields: Ingress Label 

Label

Description

Svc ID

The service identifier.

SDP Id

The SDP identifier.

Type

Indicates whether the SDP is a spoke or a mesh.

I.Lbl

The ingress label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP.

E.Lbl

The egress label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP.

Number of Bindings Found

The number of SDP bindings within the specified label range.

sap-using

Syntax 
sap-using [sap sap-id]
sap-using interface [ip-address | ip-int-name]
sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id
sap-using [ingress | egress] qos-policy qos-policy-id
Context 
show>service
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays SAP information.

If no optional parameters are specified, the command displays a summary of all defined SAPs.

The optional parameters restrict output to only SAPs matching the specified properties.

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI Command Descriptions for command syntax.
interface—
Specifies matching SAPs with the specified IP interface.
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the interface for which to display matching SAPs.
Values—
1.0.0.0 to 223.255.255.255

 

ip-int-name—
Specifies the IP interface name for which to display matching SAPs.
ingress—
Keyword that specifies matching an ingress policy.
egress—
Keyword that specifies matching an egress policy.
qos-policy qos-policy-id
Specifies the ingress or egress QoS Policy ID for which to display matching SAPs.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

filter filter-id
Specifies the ingress or egress filter policy ID for which to display matching SAPs.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

Output 

The following output is an example of SAP information, and Table 85 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show service sap-using sap 1/1
==============================================================================
Service Access Points                                                         
==============================================================================
PortId         SvcId      SapMTU I.QoS I.Mac/IP E.QoS E.Mac/IP A.Pol  Adm  Opr 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/7:0        1          1518   10    8        10    none     none   Up   Up  
1/1/11:0       100        1514   1     none     1     none     none   Down Down
1/1/7:300      300        1518   10    none     10    none     1000   Up   Up  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SAPs : 3                                                             
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12# 
Table 85:  Output Fields: SAP-using 

Label

Description

Port ID

The ID of the access port where the SAP is defined.

Svc ID

The service identifier.

SapMTU

The SAP MTU value.

I.QoS

The SAP ingress QoS policy number specified on the ingress SAP.

I.MAC/IP

The MAC or IP filter policy ID applied to the ingress SAP.

E.QoS

The SAP egress QoS policy number specified on the egress SAP.

E.Mac/IP

The MAC or IP filter policy ID applied to the egress SAP

A.Pol

The accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Adm

The desired state of the SAP.

Opr

The actual state of the SAP.

sdp

Syntax 
sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-address] [detail | keep-alive-history]
Context 
show>service
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays SDP information.

If no optional parameters are specified, a summary SDP output for all SDPs is displayed.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
Specifies the SDP ID for which to display information.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

Default—
All SDPs.
far-end ip-address
Displays only SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP address.
Default—
SDPs with any far-end IP address.
detail—
Displays detailed SDP information.
Default—
SDP summary output.
keep-alive-history—
Displays the last fifty SDP keepalive events for the SDP.
Default—
SDP summary output.
Output 

The following output is an example of SDP information, and Table 86 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show service sdp
==============================================================================
Services: Service Destination Points                                          
==============================================================================
SdpId    Adm MTU   Opr MTU   IP address       Adm  Opr         Deliver Signal  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10       4462      4462      10.20.1.3        Up   Dn NotReady MPLS    TLDP    
40       4462      1534      10.20.1.20       Up   Up          MPLS    TLDP    
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 5                                                            
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show service sdp 8
==============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 8)
==============================================================================
SdpId    Adm MTU   Opr MTU   IP address       Adm  Opr         Deliver Signal
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8        4462      4462      10.10.10.104     Up   Dn NotReady MPLS    TLDP
==============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 8) Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Sdp Id 8  -(10.10.10.104)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description           : MPLS-10.10.10.104
SDP Id               : 8
Admin Path MTU       : 0                     Oper Path MTU      : 0
Far End              : 10.10.10.104          Delivery           : MPLS
Admin State          : Up                    Oper State         : Down
Flags                : SignalingSessDown TransportTunnDown
Signaling            : TLDP                  VLAN VC Etype      : 0x8100
Last Status Change   : 02/01/2007 09:11:39   Adv. MTU Over.     : No
Last Mgmt Change     : 02/01/2007 09:11:46
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State          : Disabled              Oper State         : Disabled
Hello Time           : 10                    Hello Msg Len      : 0
Hello Timeout        : 5                     Unmatched Replies  : 0
Max Drop Count       : 3                     Hold Down Time     : 10
Tx Hello Msgs        : 0                     Rx Hello Msgs      : 0
 
Associated LSP LIST :
Lsp Name             : to-104
Admin State          : Up                    Oper State         : Down
Time Since Last Tran*: 01d07h36m
===============================================================================
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
*A:ALA-12#
 
 
*A:dut-a>show>service# sdp 
 
============================================================================
Services: Service Destination Points
============================================================================
SdpId  AdmMTU  OprMTU  IP address       Adm  Opr         Del     LSP   Sig
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
17406  0       9166    10.2.2.2         Up   Up          MPLS    L/B   TLDP
17407  0       9166    10.3.3.3         Up   Up          MPLS    L/B   TLDP
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Legend: R = RSVP, L = LDP, B = BGP, M = MPLS-TP, n/a = Not Applicable
        I = SR-ISIS, O = SR-OSPF
============================================================================
*A:dut-a>show>service#
 
Table 86:  Output Fields: SDP 

Label

Description

SDP Id

The SDP identifier.

Adm MTU

Specifies the largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Opr MTU

Specifies the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

IP address

Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP.

Adm

Admin State

Specifies the state of the SDP.

Opr

Oper State

Specifies the operating state of the SDP.

Flags

Specifies all the conditions that affect the operating status of this SDP.

Signal

Signaling

Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on the SDP.

Last Status Change

Specifies the time of the most recent operating status change to this SDP

Last Mgmt Change

Specifies the time of the most recent management-initiated change to this SDP.

Number of SDPs

Specifies the total number of SDPs displayed according to the criteria specified.

Hello Time

Specifies how often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted on this SDP.

Deliver

Delivered

Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP: MPLS.

Number of SDPs

Specifies the total number of SDPs displayed according to the criteria specified.

Hello Time

Specifies how often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted on this SDP.

Hello Msg Len

Specifies the length of the SDP echo request messages transmitted on this SDP.

Hello Timeout

Specifies the number of seconds to wait for an SDP echo response message before declaring a timeout.

Unmatched Replies

Specifies the number of SDP unmatched message replies.

Max Drop Count

Specifies the maximum number of consecutive SDP echo request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault.

Hold Down Time

Specifies the maximum number of consecutive SDP echo request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault.

TX Hello Msgs

Specifies the number of SDP echo request messages transmitted since the keepalive was administratively enabled or the counter was cleared.

Rx Hello Msgs

Specifies the number of SDP echo request messages received since the keepalive was administratively enabled or the counter was cleared.

Associated LSP List

When the SDP type is MPLS, a list of LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the list must terminate at the IP address specified in the far end field.

sdp-using

Syntax 
sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id] | far-end ip-address]
Context 
show>service
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays services using SDP or far-end address options.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
Specifies the virtual circuit identifier.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

far-end ip-address
Displays only services matching with the specified far-end IP address.
Default—
Services with any far-end IP address.
Output 

The following output is an example of SDP information, and Table 87 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-1# show service sdp-using 300
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 300)
===============================================================================
SvcId       SdpId               Type Far End        Opr State I.Label  E.Label
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1           300:1               Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131071   131071
2           300:2               Spok 10.0.0.13      Up        131070   131070
100         300:100             Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131069   131069
101         300:101             Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131068   131068
102         300:102             Mesh 10.0.0.13      Up        131067   131067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1#
 
 
A:ALA-48# show service sdp-using 
===============================================================================
SDP Using
===============================================================================
SvcId       SdpId               Type Far End        Opr State I.Label  E.Label 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3           2:3                 Spok 10.20.1.2      Up        n/a      n/a     
103         3:103               Spok 10.20.1.3      Up        131067   131068  
103         4:103               Spok 10.20.1.2      Up        131065   131069
105         3:105               Spok 10.20.1.3      Up        131066   131067  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 4
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:ALA-48
 
*A:dut-a>show>service# sdp-using 
 
===============================================================================
SDP Using
===============================================================================
SvcId      SdpId              Type   Far End              Opr   I.Label E.Label
                                                          State         
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5          17406:4294967294   BgpAd  2.2.2.2              Up    131067  131066
5          17407:4294967295   BgpAd  3.3.3.3              Up    131066  131066
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
*A:dut-a>show>service#
 
Table 87:  Output Fields: SDP-using 

Label

Description

Svc ID

The service identifier.

Sdp ID

The SDP identifier.

Type

Type of SDP: spoke or mesh.

Far End

The far end address of the SDP.

Oper State

The operational state of the service.

Ingress Label

The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP.

Egress Label

The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by this SDP.

service-using

Syntax 
service-using [epipe] [ies] [vpls] [vprn][sdp sdp-id] [customer customer-id]
Context 
show>service
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays the services matching certain usage properties.

If no optional parameters are specified, all services defined on the system are displayed.

Parameters 
epipe—
Displays matching Epipe services.
ies—
Displays matching IES instances.
vpls—
Displays matching VPLS instances.
vprn —
Displays matching VPRN services.
sdp sdp-id
Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

Default—
Services bound to any SDP ID.
customer customer-id
Displays services only associated with the specified customer ID.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

Default—
Services associated with an customer.
Output 

The following output is an example of service information, and Table 88 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show service service-using customer 10
==============================================================================
Services
==============================================================================
ServiceId    Type      Adm    Opr        CustomerId        Last Mgmt Change
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1            VPLS      Up     Up         10                09/05/2006 13:24:15
100          IES       Up     Up         10                09/05/2006 13:24:15
300          Epipe     Up     Up         10                09/05/2006 13:24:15
900          VPRN      Up     Up         2                 11/04/2006 04:55:12
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 4
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
 
*A:ALA-12# show service service-using epipe
===============================================================================
Services [epipe]
===============================================================================
ServiceId    Type      Adm    Opr        CustomerId        Last Mgmt Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6            Epipe     Up     Up         6                 06/22/2006 23:05:58
7            Epipe     Up     Up         6                 06/22/2006 23:05:58
8            Epipe     Up     Up         3                 06/22/2006 23:05:58
103          Epipe     Up     Up         6                 06/22/2006 23:05:58
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 4
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
 
 
A:de14# show service service-using
===============================================================================
Services
===============================================================================
ServiceId    Type      Adm    Opr        CustomerId        Last Mgmt Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1            uVPLS     Up     Up         1                 10/26/2006 15:44:57
2            Epipe     Up     Down       1                 10/26/2006 15:44:57
10           mVPLS     Down   Down       1                 10/26/2006 15:44:57
11           mVPLS     Down   Down       1                 10/26/2006 15:44:57
100          mVPLS     Up     Up         1                 10/26/2006 15:44:57
101          mVPLS     Up     Up         1                 10/26/2006 15:44:57
102          mVPLS     Up     Up         1                 10/26/2006 15:44:57
999          uVPLS     Down   Down       1                 10/26/2006 16:14:33
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:de14#
Table 88:  Output Fields: Service-using 

Label

Description

Service Id

The service identifier.

Type

Specifies the service type configured for the service ID.

Adm

The desired state of the service.

Opr

The operating state of the service.

CustomerID

The ID of the customer who owns this service.

Last Mgmt Change

The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this service.

id

Syntax 
id service-id {all | arp | base | bgp-ad | fdb | labels | mfib | sap | sdp | split-horizon-group | stp}
Context 
show>service
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays information for a particular service ID.

Parameters 
service-id—
Specifies the unique service identification number that identifies the service in the service domain.
all—
Displays detailed information about the service.
arp—
Displays ARP entries for the service.
base—
Displays basic service information.
bgp-ad—
Displays BGP AD related information for the service.
fdb—
Displays FDB entries.
interface—
Displays service interfaces.
labels—
Displays labels being used by this service.
sap—
Displays SAPs associated to the service.
sdp—
Displays SDPs associated with the service.
split-horizon-group—
Displays split horizon group information.
stp—
Displays STP information.

all

Syntax 
all
Context 
show>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays detailed information for all aspects of the service.

Output 

The following output is an example of detailed service information, and Table 89 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:duth# show service  id 502 all 
 
===============================================================================
Service Detailed Information
===============================================================================
Service Id        : 502                 Vpn Id            : 0
Service Type      : VPRN                
Name              : (Not Specified)
Description       : (Not Specified)
Customer Id       : 1                   Creation Origin   : manual
Last Status Change: 12/23/2014 04:57:18 
Last Mgmt Change  : 12/23/2014 04:57:18 
Admin State       : Up                  Oper State        : Up
 
Route Dist.       : 502:502             VPRN Type         : regular
AS Number         : 100                 Router Id         : 8.8.8.8
ECMP              : Enabled             ECMP Max Routes   : 1
 
Auto Bind Tunnel
Resolution        : filter              
Filter Protocol   : rsvp
 
Max IPv6 Routes   : No Limit            
Ignore NH Metric  : Disabled            
Vrf Target        : target:502:502      
Vrf Import        : None                
Vrf Export        : None                
MVPN Vrf Target   : None                
MVPN Vrf Import   : None                
MVPN Vrf Export   : None                
Label mode        : vrf                 
BGP VPN Backup    : Disabled            
 
SAP Count         : 0                   SDP Bind Count    : 5
Allow IP Intf Bind: Disabled            
VSD Domain        : <none>
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH-CFM service specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tunnel Faults     : ignore              
 
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPRN service Network Specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ing Net QoS Policy : none                             
Ingress FP QGrp    : (none)                           Ing FP QGrp Inst : (none)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Destination Points(SDPs)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 502:502  -(9.9.9.9)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : (Not Specified)
SDP Id             : 502:502                  Type              : Spoke
Spoke Descr     : (Not Specified)
VC Type            : n/a                      VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 9186
Delivery           : MPLS                     
Far End            : 9.9.9.9
Tunnel Far End     : n/a                      LSP Types         : RSVP
 
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
Ingress Label      : n/a                      Egress Label      : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a                      Egr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a
Ingr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a                      Egr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a
Ingr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a                      Egr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a
BGP IPv4 FlowSpec  : Disabled
BGP IPv6 FlowSpec  : Disabled
Admin ControlWord  : Not Preferred            Oper ControlWord  : False
BFD Template       : None
BFD-Enabled        : no                       BFD-Encap         : ipv4
Last Status Change : 12/23/2014 18:12:34      Signaling         : n/a
Last Mgmt Change   : 12/21/2014 19:39:56      
Class Fwding State : Down                     
Flags              : None
Local Pw Bits      : None
Peer Pw Bits       : None
Peer Fault Ip      : None                     
Peer Vccv CV Bits  : None
Peer Vccv CC Bits  : None
 
Application Profile: None                     
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
                                      
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : n/a                      I. Fwd. Octs.     : n/a
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : n/a                      E. Fwd. Octets    : n/a
Extra-Tag-Drop-Pkts: n/a                      Extra-Tag-Drop-Oc*: n/a
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH-CFM SDP-Bind specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Squelch Levels     : None                     
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RSVP/Static LSPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Associated LSP List :
Lsp Name           : i2                       
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 04d06h44m                
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 602:502  -(2.2.2.2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : (Not Specified)
SDP Id             : 602:502                  Type              : Spoke
Spoke Descr     : (Not Specified)
VC Type            : n/a                      VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 9186
Delivery           : MPLS                     
Far End            : 2.2.2.2
Tunnel Far End     : n/a                      LSP Types         : RSVP
 
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
Ingress Label      : n/a                      Egress Label      : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a                      Egr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a
Ingr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a                      Egr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a
Ingr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a                      Egr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a
BGP IPv4 FlowSpec  : Disabled
BGP IPv6 FlowSpec  : Disabled
Admin ControlWord  : Not Preferred            Oper ControlWord  : False
BFD Template       : None
BFD-Enabled        : no                       BFD-Encap         : ipv4
Last Status Change : 12/23/2014 18:12:24      Signaling         : n/a
Last Mgmt Change   : 12/21/2014 19:39:56      
Class Fwding State : Down                     
Flags              : None
Local Pw Bits      : None             
Peer Pw Bits       : None
Peer Fault Ip      : None                     
Peer Vccv CV Bits  : None
Peer Vccv CC Bits  : None
 
Application Profile: None                     
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : n/a                      I. Fwd. Octs.     : n/a
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : n/a                      E. Fwd. Octets    : n/a
Extra-Tag-Drop-Pkts: n/a                      Extra-Tag-Drop-Oc*: n/a
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH-CFM SDP-Bind specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Squelch Levels     : None                     
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RSVP/Static LSPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Associated LSP List :
Lsp Name           : b2                       
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 04d06h44m                
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 702:502  -(7.7.7.7)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : (Not Specified)
SDP Id             : 702:502                  Type              : Spoke
Spoke Descr     : (Not Specified)
VC Type            : n/a                      VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 9186
Delivery           : MPLS                     
Far End            : 7.7.7.7
Tunnel Far End     : n/a                      LSP Types         : RSVP
 
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
Ingress Label      : n/a                      Egress Label      : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a                      Egr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a
Ingr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a                      Egr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a
Ingr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a                      Egr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a
BGP IPv4 FlowSpec  : Disabled
BGP IPv6 FlowSpec  : Disabled
Admin ControlWord  : Not Preferred            Oper ControlWord  : False
BFD Template       : None
BFD-Enabled        : no                       BFD-Encap         : ipv4
Last Status Change : 12/23/2014 18:12:27      Signaling         : n/a
Last Mgmt Change   : 12/21/2014 19:39:56      
Class Fwding State : Down                     
Flags              : None
Local Pw Bits      : None
Peer Pw Bits       : None
Peer Fault Ip      : None                     
Peer Vccv CV Bits  : None
Peer Vccv CC Bits  : None
 
Application Profile: None                     
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : n/a                      I. Fwd. Octs.     : n/a
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : n/a                      E. Fwd. Octets    : n/a
Extra-Tag-Drop-Pkts: n/a                      Extra-Tag-Drop-Oc*: n/a
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH-CFM SDP-Bind specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Squelch Levels     : None                     
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RSVP/Static LSPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Associated LSP List :
Lsp Name           : g2                       
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 04d06h44m                
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 802:502  -(99.99.99.99)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : (Not Specified)     
SDP Id             : 802:502                  Type              : Spoke
Spoke Descr     : (Not Specified)
VC Type            : n/a                      VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 9182
Delivery           : MPLS                     
Far End            : 99.99.99.99
Tunnel Far End     : n/a                      LSP Types         : BGP
 
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
Ingress Label      : n/a                      Egress Label      : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a                      Egr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a
Ingr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a                      Egr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a
Ingr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a                      Egr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a
BGP IPv4 FlowSpec  : Disabled
BGP IPv6 FlowSpec  : Disabled
Admin ControlWord  : Not Preferred            Oper ControlWord  : False
BFD Template       : None
BFD-Enabled        : no                       BFD-Encap         : ipv4
Last Status Change : 12/23/2014 18:12:41      Signaling         : n/a
Last Mgmt Change   : 12/21/2014 19:39:56      
Class Fwding State : Down                     
Flags              : None             
Local Pw Bits      : None
Peer Pw Bits       : None
Peer Fault Ip      : None                     
Peer Vccv CV Bits  : None
Peer Vccv CC Bits  : None
 
Application Profile: None                     
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : n/a                      I. Fwd. Octs.     : n/a
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : n/a                      E. Fwd. Octets    : n/a
Extra-Tag-Drop-Pkts: n/a                      Extra-Tag-Drop-Oc*: n/a
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH-CFM SDP-Bind specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Squelch Levels     : None                     
                                      
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BGP Tunnel Information :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BGP LSP Id         : 262147                   
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RSVP/Static LSPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Associated LSP List :
No LSPs Associated
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 902:502  -(22.22.22.22)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : (Not Specified)
SDP Id             : 902:502                  Type              : Spoke
Spoke Descr     : (Not Specified)
VC Type            : n/a                      VC Tag            : n/a
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 9182
Delivery           : MPLS                     
Far End            : 22.22.22.22
Tunnel Far End     : n/a                      LSP Types         : BGP
                                      
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
Ingress Label      : n/a                      Egress Label      : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a                      Egr Mac Fltr-Id   : n/a
Ingr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a                      Egr IP Fltr-Id    : n/a
Ingr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a                      Egr IPv6 Fltr-Id  : n/a
BGP IPv4 FlowSpec  : Disabled
BGP IPv6 FlowSpec  : Disabled
Admin ControlWord  : Not Preferred            Oper ControlWord  : False
BFD Template       : None
BFD-Enabled        : no                       BFD-Encap         : ipv4
Last Status Change : 12/23/2014 19:25:37      Signaling         : n/a
Last Mgmt Change   : 12/21/2014 19:39:56      
Class Fwding State : Down                     
Flags              : None
Local Pw Bits      : None
Peer Pw Bits       : None
Peer Fault Ip      : None                     
Peer Vccv CV Bits  : None
Peer Vccv CC Bits  : None
 
Application Profile: None                     
                                      
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : n/a                      I. Fwd. Octs.     : n/a
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : n/a                      E. Fwd. Octets    : n/a
Extra-Tag-Drop-Pkts: n/a                      Extra-Tag-Drop-Oc*: n/a
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH-CFM SDP-Bind specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Squelch Levels     : None                     
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BGP Tunnel Information :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BGP LSP Id         : 262387                   
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RSVP/Static LSPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Associated LSP List :
No LSPs Associated
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access Points
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Sap Associations
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Interfaces
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Name           : toixia1
Admin State       : Up                  Oper (v4/v6)      : Up/Down
Protocols         : None
IP Addr/mask      : 108.2.1.1/24        Address Type      : Primary
IGP Inhibit       : Disabled            Broadcast Address : Host-ones
HoldUp-Time       : 0                   Track Srrp Inst   : 0
Description       : N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description       : (Not Specified)
If Index          : 2                   Virt. If Index    : 2
Last Oper Chg     : 12/23/2014 20:36:08 Global If Index   : 48
Mon Oper Grp      : None                
Srrp En Rtng      : Disabled            Hold time         : N/A
Port Id           : rvpls
TOS Marking       : Trusted             If Type           : VPRN
SNTP B.Cast       : False               
MAC Address       : 00:00:0b:00:01:00   Mac Accounting    : Disabled
Ingress stats     : Disabled            IPv6 DAD          : Enabled
ARP Timeout       : 14400s              IPv6 Nbr ReachTime: 30s
ARP Retry Timer   : 5000ms              IPv6 stale time   : 14400s
ARP Limit         : Disabled            IPv6 Nbr Limit    : Disabled
ARP Threshold     : Disabled            IPv6 Nbr Threshold: Disabled
ARP Limit Log Only: Disabled            IPv6 Nbr Log Only : Disabled
IP MTU            : (default)           
IP Oper MTU       : 1500                
LdpSyncTimer      : None                
LSR Load Balance  : system              
EGR Load Balance  : both                
Vas If Type       : none                
TEID Load Balance : Disabled            
SPI Load Balance  : Disabled            
uRPF Chk          : disabled            
uRPF Ipv6 Chk     : disabled            
PTP HW Assist     : Disabled            
Mpls Rx Pkts      : 0                   Mpls Rx Bytes     : 0
Mpls Tx Pkts      : 0                   Mpls Tx Bytes     : 0
 
DHCP6 Relay Details
Description       : (Not Specified)
Admin State       : Down                Lease Populate    : 0
Oper State        : Down                Nbr Resolution    : Disabled
If-Id Option      : None                Remote Id         : Disabled
Src Addr          : Not configured
Python plcy       : (Not Specified)     
 
DHCP6 Server Details
Admin State       : Down                Max. Lease States : 8000
                                      
ICMP Details
Redirects    : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10   
Unreachables : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10   
TTL Expired  : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10   
 
Routed VPLS Details
VPLS Name        : rvpls-502
Binding Status   : Up                   
Reason           : (Not Specified)
Egr Reclass Plcy : 0                    
Ing Filter       : none                 
Ingr IPv6 Flt    : none                 
EVPN Tunnel      : false                
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Matching Entries
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Srlg Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Matching Entries
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Name           : toB-Ixia
Admin State       : Up                  Oper (v4/v6)      : Up/Down
Protocols         : OSPFv2 
IP Addr/mask      : 200.41.2.8/24       Address Type      : Primary
IGP Inhibit       : Disabled            Broadcast Address : Host-ones
HoldUp-Time       : 0                   Track Srrp Inst   : 0
Description       : N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description       : (Not Specified)
If Index          : 3                   Virt. If Index    : 3
Last Oper Chg     : 12/23/2014 20:00:55 Global If Index   : 49
Mon Oper Grp      : None                
Srrp En Rtng      : Disabled            Hold time         : N/A
Port Id           : rvpls
TOS Marking       : Trusted             If Type           : VPRN
SNTP B.Cast       : False               
MAC Address       : c4:08:4a:6f:99:65   Mac Accounting    : Disabled
Ingress stats     : Disabled            IPv6 DAD          : Enabled
ARP Timeout       : 14400s              IPv6 Nbr ReachTime: 30s
ARP Retry Timer   : 5000ms              IPv6 stale time   : 14400s
ARP Limit         : Disabled            IPv6 Nbr Limit    : Disabled
ARP Threshold     : Disabled            IPv6 Nbr Threshold: Disabled
ARP Limit Log Only: Disabled            IPv6 Nbr Log Only : Disabled
IP MTU            : (default)           
IP Oper MTU       : 1500                
LdpSyncTimer      : None                
LSR Load Balance  : system              
EGR Load Balance  : both                
Vas If Type       : none                
TEID Load Balance : Disabled            
SPI Load Balance  : Disabled            
uRPF Chk          : disabled            
uRPF Ipv6 Chk     : disabled            
PTP HW Assist     : Disabled            
Mpls Rx Pkts      : 0                   Mpls Rx Bytes     : 0
Mpls Tx Pkts      : 0                   Mpls Tx Bytes     : 0
 
DHCP6 Relay Details                   
Description       : (Not Specified)
Admin State       : Down                Lease Populate    : 0
Oper State        : Down                Nbr Resolution    : Disabled
If-Id Option      : None                Remote Id         : Disabled
Src Addr          : Not configured
Python plcy       : (Not Specified)     
 
DHCP6 Server Details
Admin State       : Down                Max. Lease States : 8000
 
ICMP Details
Redirects    : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10   
Unreachables : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10   
TTL Expired  : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10   
 
Routed VPLS Details
VPLS Name        : rvpls-622
Binding Status   : Up                   
Reason           : (Not Specified)
Egr Reclass Plcy : 0                    
Ing Filter       : none                 
Ingr IPv6 Flt    : none                 
EVPN Tunnel      : false                
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Matching Entries
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Srlg Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Matching Entries
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
*A:duth#  
Table 89:  Output Fields: Service ID All 

Label

Description

Service Detailed Information

Service Id

The service identifier.

VPN Id

The number that identifies the VPN.

Customer Id

The customer identifier.

Last Status Change

The date and time of the most recent change in the administrative or operating status of the service.

Last Mgmt Change

The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this customer.

Admin State

The current administrative state.

Oper State

The current operational state.

Route Dist.

Displays the route distribution number.

AS Number

Displays the autonomous system number.

Router Id

Displays the router ID for this service.

Auto Bind

Specifies the automatic binding type for the SDP assigned to this service.

Vrf Target

Specifies the VRF target applied to this service.

Vrf Import

Specifies the VRF import policy applied to this service.

Vrf Export

Specifies the VRF export policy applied to this service.

Description

Generic information about the service.

SAP Count

The number of SAPs specified for this service.

SDP Bind Count

The number of SDPs bound to this service.

Split Horizon Group

Name of the split horizon group for this service.

Description

Description of the split horizon group.

Last Changed

The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this split horizon group.

Service Destination Points (SDPs)

SDP Id

The SDP identifier.

Type

Indicates whether this Service SDP binding is a spoke or a mesh.

Admin Path MTU

The desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Oper Path MTU

The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Delivery

Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP (always MPLS)

Admin State

The administrative state of this SDP.

Oper State

The operational state of this SDP.

Ingress Label

The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP.

Egress Label

The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by this SDP.

Ingress Filter

The ID of the ingress filter policy.

Egress Filter

The ID of the egress filter policy.

Far End

Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP.

Last Changed

The date and time of the most recent change to this customer.

Signaling

Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on this SDP.

Admin State

Specifies the operating status of the keepalive protocol.

Oper State

The current status of the keepalive protocol.

Hello Time

Specifies how often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted on this SDP.

Hello Msg Len

Specifies the length of the SDP echo request messages transmitted on this SDP.

Max Drop Count

Specifies the maximum number of consecutive SDP echo request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault.

Hold Down Time

Specifies the amount of time to wait before the keepalive operating status is eligible to enter the alive state.

SDP Delivery Mechanism

When the SDP type is MPLS, a list of LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the list must terminate at the IP address specified in the far end field.

Number of SDPs

The total number SDPs applied to this service ID.

Service Access Points

Service Id

The service identifier.

Port Id

The ID of the access port where this SAP is defined.

Description

Generic information about the SAP.

Admin State

The desired state of the SAP.

Oper State

The operating state of the SAP.

Last Changed

The date and time of the last change.

Admin MTU

The desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Oper MTU

The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Ingress qos-policy

The SAP ingress QoS policy ID.

Acct. Pol

Indicates the accounting policy applied to the SAP.

Collect Stats

Specifies whether accounting statistics are collected on the SAP.

Spoke-SDPs

Managed by Service

Specifies the service-id of the management VPLS managing this spoke-SDP.

Managed by Spoke

Specifies the sap-id inside the management VPLS managing this spoke-SDP.

Prune state

Specifies the STP state inherited from the management VPLS.

Peer Pw Bits

Indicates the bits set by the LDP peer when there is a fault on its side of the pseudowire. LAC failures occur on the SAP that has been configured on the pipe service, PSN bits are set by SDP-binding failures on the pipe service. The pwNotForwarding bit is set when none of the preceding failures apply, such as an MTU mismatch failure. This value is applicable only if the peer is using the pseudowire status signaling method to indicate faults.

pwNotForwarding — Pseudowire not forwarding

lacIngressFault Local — Attachment circuit RX fault

lacEgresssFault Local — Attachment circuit TX fault

psnIngressFault Local — PSN-facing PW RX fault

psnEgressFault Local — PSN-facing PW TX fault

pwFwdingStandby — Pseudowire in standby mode

Max IPv4 Routes

Maximum IPv4 routes configured for use with the service.

Last Changed

The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change.

Dot1Q Ethertype

The dot1q Ethertype in use by the SAP.

Ingr IP Fltr-Id

The policy ID of the IP filter applied at ingress.

Ingr Mac Fltr-Id

The policy ID of the MAC filter applied at ingress.

Egr IP Fltr-Id

The policy ID of the IP filter applied at egress.

Egr Mac Fltr-Id

The policy ID of the MAC filter applied at egress.

tod-suite

The TOD suite applied for use by this SAP.

rate

Specifies the SAP aggregate rate configured for the aggregate policer/meter used by this SAP.

burst

Specifies the burst to be used with SAP aggregate policer/meter used by this SAP.

Classifiers Allocated

Number of SAP ingress QoS resources allocated for use by this SAP.

Classifiers Used

Number of SAP ingress QoS resources in use by this SAP.

Meters Allocated

Number of SAP ingress meter resources allocated for use by this SAP. This is set to half the number of classifiers allocated to this SAP.

Meters Used

Number of SAP ingress meters in use.

Ingress Stats

The number of received packets/octets for this SAP.

Egress Stats

The number of packets/octets forwarded out of this SAP.

Ingress Drop Stats

Number of packets/octets dropped by the system.

Extra-Tag Drop Stats

Number of packets received with the count of VLAN tags exceeding the count of VLAN tags implied by the SAP encapsulation.

Ingress Meter 1

The index of the ingress QoS meter of this SAP.

For. InProf

Number of in-profile packets/octets received on this SAP.

For. OutProf

Number of out-of-profile packets/octets received on this SAP.

If Name

IP interface name assigned by user.

Protocols

Protocols enabled for use on this interface.

Oper (v4/v6)

Operational status of this interface for IPv4 and IPv6.

IP Addr/mask

IPv4 address and mask assigned to this interface.

Address Type

Indicates whether the address is a primary or secondary address.

Broadcast Address

Type of broadcast address used. It can be host-ones or all-ones.

If Index

The interface Index assigned by the system. It is used with SNMP IfTable.

Virt. If Index

The interface index assigned by the system. It is used with SNMP.

Last Oper Chg

Timestamp associated with the last operational change.

Global If Index

This is the system wide Interface index allotted by the system.

If Type

Network — The IP interface is a network/core IP interface.

Service — The IP interface is a service IP interface.

SNTP B.Cast

Specifies whether SNTP broadcast client mode is enabled or disabled.

Arp Timeout

Specifies the timeout for an ARP entry learned on the interface.

IP Oper MTU

The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through the port to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

LdpSyncTimer

Specifies the value used for IGP-LDP synchronization.

Redirects

Specifies the rate for ICMP redirect messages.

Unreachables

Specifies the rate for ICMP unreachable messages.

TTL Expired

Specifies the rate for ICMP TTL messages.

MAC Address

Specifies the 48-bit IEEE 802.3 MAC address.

authentication

Syntax 
authentication
Context 
show>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context to display subscriber authentication information.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics [policy name] [sap sap-id]
Context 
show>service>id>authentication
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays session authentication statistics for this service.

Parameters 
policy name
Specifies the subscriber authentication policy statistics to display.
sap sap-id
Specifies the SAP ID statistics to display. See Common CLI Command Descriptions for command syntax.
Output 

The following output is an example of session authentication statistics information.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-1# show service id 11 authentication statistics
===============================================================
Authentication statistics
===============================================================
Interface / SAP                 Authentication  Authentication
                                Successful      Failed
---------------------------------------------------------------
abc-11-90.1.0.254               1582            3
---------------------------------------------------------------
Number of entries: 1
===============================================================
*A:ALA-1#

arp

Syntax 
arp [ip-address] | [mac ieee-address] | [sap sap-id] | [interface ip-int-name] [sdp sdp-id:vc-id] [summary]
Context 
show>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays the ARP table for the IES instance.

Parameters 
mac ieee-address
Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
Default—
All MAC addresses.
sap sap-id
Displays SAP information for the specified SAP ID. See Common CLI Command Descriptions for command syntax.
port id—
Specifies matching service ARP entries associated with the specified IP interface.
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the interface for which to display matching ARP entries.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

ip-int-name—
Specifies the IP interface name for which to display matching ARPs.
Output 

The following output is an example of service ARP information, and Table 90 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show service id 2 arp
==============================================================================
ARP Table                                                                      
==============================================================================
IP Address      MAC Address       Type    Age       Interface         Port     
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.11.1.1      00:03:fa:00:08:22 Other   00:00:00  ies-100-190.11.1  1/1/11:0 
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
Table 90:  Output Fields: ARP 

Label

Description

Service ID

The service ID number.

MAC

The specified MAC address

Source-Identifier

The location the MAC is defined.

Type

Static — FDB entries created by management

Learned — Dynamic entries created by the learning process

OAM — Entries created by the OAM process

Age

The time elapsed since the service was enabled.

Interface

The interface applied to the service.

Port

The port where the SAP is applied.

base

Syntax 
base
Context 
show>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays basic information about the service ID, including service type, description, SAPs, and SDPs.

Output 

The following output is an example of basic service information, and Table 91 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show service id 1 base
===============================================================================
Service Basic Information
===============================================================================
Service Id        : 1                   Vpn Id            : 0
Service Type      : VPRN
Customer Id       : 1
Last Status Change: 02/01/2007 09:11:39
Last Mgmt Change  : 02/01/2007 09:11:46
Admin State       : Up                  Oper State        : Down
Route Dist.       : 10001:1
AS Number         : 10000               Router Id         : 10.10.10.103
ECMP              : Enabled             ECMP Max Routes   : 8
Max Routes        : No Limit            Auto Bind         : LDP
Vrf Target        : target:10001:1
Vrf Import        : vrfImpPolCust1
Vrf Export        : vrfExpPolCust1
SAP Count         : 1                   SDP Bind Count    : 18                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access & Destination Points                                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifier                       Type         AdmMTU  OprMTU  Adm     Opr      
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/7:0                      q-tag        1518    1518    Up      Up       
sdp:10:1 M(10.20.1.3)            TLDP         4462    4462    Up      TLDP Down
sdp:20:1 M(10.20.1.4)            TLDP         4462    4462    Up      TLDP Down
sdp:30:1 M(10.20.1.5)            TLDP         4462    4462    Up      TLDP Down
sdp:40:1 M(10.20.1.20)           TLDP         1534    4462    Up      Up       
sdp:200:1 M(10.20.1.30)          TLDP         1514    4462    Up      Up       
sdp:300:1 M(10.20.1.31)          TLDP         4462    4462    Up      TLDP Down
sdp:500:1 M(10.20.1.50)          TLDP         4462    4462    Up      TLDP Down
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
Table 91:  Output Fields: Base 

Label

Description

Service Id

The service identifier.

Vpn Id

Specifies the VPN ID assigned to the service.

Service Type

Specifies the type of service.

Description

Generic information about the service.

Customer Id

The customer identifier.

Last Mgmt Change

The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this customer.

Adm

The desired state of the service.

Oper

The operating state of the service.

Mtu

The largest frame size (in octets) that the service can handle.

Def. Mesh VC Id

This object is only valid in services that accept mesh SDP bindings. It is used to validate the VC ID portion of each mesh SDP binding defined in the service.

SAP Count

The number of SAPs defined on the service.

SDP Bind Count

The number of SDPs bound to the service.

Identifier

Specifies the service access (SAP) and destination (SDP) points.

Type

Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on the SDP.

AdmMTU

Specifies the desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end ESR, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

OprMTU

Specifies the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end ESR, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Opr

The operating state of the SDP.

statistics

Syntax 
statistics [sap sap-id]
statistics [sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
statistics [interface interface-name]
Context 
show>service>id>dhcp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays DHCP statistics information.

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI Command Descriptions for command syntax.
sdp-id—
Specifies the SDP identifier.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
Specifies the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to display information.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

interface interface-name
Displays information for the specified IP interface.
Output 

The following is an example of DHCP statistics information, and Table 92 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
A:sim1# show service id 11 dhcp statistics
================================================================
DHCP Global Statistics, service 11
================================================================
Rx Packets                        : 32                         
Tx Packets                        : 12                         
Rx Malformed Packets              : 0                          
Rx Untrusted Packets              : 0                          
Client Packets Discarded          : 0                          
Client Packets Relayed            : 11                         
Client Packets Snooped            : 21                         
Server Packets Discarded          : 0                          
Server Packets Relayed            : 0                          
Server Packets Snooped            : 0                          
================================================================
A:sim1#
Table 92:  Output Fields: DHCP Statistics 

Label

Description

Received Packets

The number of packets received from the DHCP clients.

Transmitted Packets

The number of packets transmitted to the DHCP clients.

Received Malformed Packets

The number of corrupted or invalid packets received from the DHCP clients.

Received Untrusted Packets

The number of untrusted packets received from the DHCP clients. In this case, a frame is dropped due to the client sending a DHCP packet with Option 82 filled in before “trust” is set under the DHCP interface command.

Client Packets Discarded

The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were discarded.

Client Packets Relayed

The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were forwarded.

Client Packets Snooped

The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were snooped.

Server Packets Discarded

The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were discarded.

Server Packets Relayed

The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were forwarded.

Server Packets Snooped

The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were snooped.

interface

Syntax 
interface [ip-address | ip-int-name] [detail]
Context 
show>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays information for the IP interfaces associated with the service.

If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all IP interfaces associated to the service are displayed.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address of the interface for which to display information.
Values—
1.0.0.0 to 223.255.255.255

 

ip-int-name—
Specifies the IP interface name for which to display information.
detail—
Displays detailed IP interface information.
Default—
IP interface summary output.
Output 

The following output is an example of IP interface information, and Table 93 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA12# show service id 321 interface
===============================================================================
Interface Table
===============================================================================
Interface-Name                   Type IP-Address         Adm    Opr  Type
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
test                             Pri  10.11.1.1/24       Up     Up   IES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces : 1
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
 
 
A:ALA-49# show service id 88 interface detail
===============================================================================
Interface Table
===============================================================================
Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Name      : Sector A
Admin State  : Up                               Oper State       : Down
Protocols    : None
 
IP Addr/mask : Not Assigned
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description  :
If Index     : 26                               Virt. If Index   : 26
SAP Id       : 71/1/1.2.2
TOS Marking  : Untrusted                        If Type          : IES
SNTP B.Cast  : False                            IES ID           : 88
MAC Address  : Not configured.                  Arp Timeout      : 14400
IP MTU       : 1500                             ICMP Mask Reply  : True
Arp Populate : Disabled
Cflowd       : None
 
Proxy ARP Details
Proxy ARP    : Enabled                          Local Proxy ARP  : Disabled
Policies     : ProxyARP
 
DHCP Details
Admin State  : Up                               Lease Populate   : 0
Action       : Keep                             Trusted          : Disabled
ICMP Details
Redirects    : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
Unreachables : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
TTL Expired  : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Name      : test
Admin State  : Up                               Oper State       : Down
Protocols    : None
IP Addr/mask : Not Assigned
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description  :
If Index     : 27                               Virt. If Index   : 27
SAP Id       : 101/1/2:0
TOS Marking  : Untrusted                        If Type          : IES
SNTP B.Cast  : False                            IES ID           : 88
MAC Address  : Not configured.                  Arp Timeout      : 14400
Arp Populate : Disabled
 
Proxy ARP Details
Proxy ARP    : Disabled                         Local Proxy ARP  : Disabled
 
ICMP Details
Redirects    : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
Unreachables : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
TTL Expired  : Number - 100                     Time (seconds)   - 10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces : 2
===============================================================================
A:ALA-49#
Table 93:  Output Fields: Interface 

Label

Description

Interface-Name

The name used to refer to the interface.

Type

Specifies the interface type.

IP-Address

Specifies the IP address/IP subnet/broadcast address of the interface.

Adm

The desired state of the interface.

Opr

The operating state of the interface.

Interface

If Name

The name used to refer to the interface.

Admin State

The desired state of the interface.

Oper State

The operating state of the interface.

IP Addr/mask

Specifies the IP address/IP subnet/broadcast address of the interface.

Details

If Index

The index corresponding to this interface. The primary index is 1. For example, all interfaces are defined in the Base virtual router context.

If Type

Specifies the interface type.

Port Id

Specifies the SAP port ID.

SNTP B.Cast

Specifies whether SNTP broadcast client mode is enabled or disabled.

Arp Timeout

Specifies the timeout for an ARP entry learned on the

interface.

MAC Address

Specifies the 48-bit IEEE 802.3 MAC address.

ICMP Mask Reply

Specifies whether ICMP mask reply is enabled or disabled.

ICMP Details

Redirects

Specifies the rate for ICMP redirect messages.

Unreachables

Specifies the rate for ICMP unreachable messages.

TTL Expired

Specifies the rate for ICMP TTL messages.

sap

Syntax 
sap sap-id [detail]]
Context 
show>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays information for the SAPs associated with the service.

If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SAPs is displayed.

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the ID that displays SAPs for the service. See Common CLI Command Descriptions for command syntax.
detail—
Displays detailed information for the SAP.
Output 

The following output is an example of SAP information, and Table 94 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show service id 321 sap 1/1/4:0
===============================================================================
Service Access Points(SAP)
===============================================================================
Service Id         : 321
SAP                : 1/1/4:0                 Encap             : q-tag
Dot1Q Ethertype    : 0x8100                   QinQ Ethertype    : 0x8100
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Flags              : PortOperDown
                     SapIngressQoSMismatch
Last Status Change : 02/03/2007 12:58:37
Last Mgmt Change   : 02/03/2007 12:59:10
Admin MTU          : 1518                     Oper MTU          : 1518
Ingress qos-policy : 100                      Egress qos-policy : 1
Ingress Filter-Id  : n/a                      Egress Filter-Id  : n/a
Multi Svc Site     : None
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show service id 321 sap 1/1/4:0 detail
===============================================================================
Service Access Points(SAP)
===============================================================================
Service Id         : 321
SAP                : 1/1/4:0                 Encap             : q-tag
Dot1Q Ethertype    : 0x8100                   QinQ Ethertype    : 0x8100
 
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Down
Flags              : PortOperDown
                     SapIngressQoSMismatch
Last Status Change : 02/03/2007 12:58:37
Last Mgmt Change   : 02/03/2007 12:59:10
Admin MTU          : 1518                     Oper MTU          : 1518
Ingress qos-policy : 100                      Egress qos-policy : 1
Ingress Filter-Id  : n/a                      Egress Filter-Id  : n/a
Multi Svc Site     : None
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
Forwarding Engine Stats
Dropped               : 0                       0
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LowPrio          : 0                       0
Off. Uncolor          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats(Ingress QoS Policy 100)
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LowPrio          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Queueing Stats(Egress QoS Policy 1)
Dro. InProf           : 0                       0
Dro. OutProf          : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Queue stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Packets                 Octets
 
Ingress Queue 1 (Unicast) (Priority)
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LoPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LoPrio           : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
 
Ingress Queue 10 (Unicast) (Priority)
Off. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Off. LoPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. HiPrio           : 0                       0
Dro. LoPrio           : 0                       0
For. InProf           : 0                       0
For. OutProf          : 0                       0
,,,
 
=============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
Table 94:  Output Fields: SAP 

Label

Description

Service Id

The service identifier.

SAP

The SAP and qtag.

Encap

The encapsulation type of the SAP.

Ethertype

Specifies an Ethernet type II Ethertype value.

Admin State

The administrative state of the SAP.

Oper State

The operating state of the SAP.

Flags

Specifies the conditions that affect the operating status of this SAP.

Display output includes: ServiceAdminDown, SapAdminDown, InterfaceAdminDown, PortOperDown, PortMTUTooSmall, L2OperDown, SapIngressQoSMismatch, SapEgressQoSMismatch,RelearnLimitExceeded, RxProtSrcMac, ParentIfAdminDown, NoSapIpipeCeIpAddr, TodResourceUnavail, TodMssResourceUnavail, SapParamMismatch, CemSapNoEcidOrMacAddr, ServiceMTUTooSmall, SapIngressNamedPoolMismatch, SapEgressNamedPoolMismatch, NoSapEpipeRingNode.

Last Status Change

Specifies the time of the most recent operating status change to this SAP

Last Mgmt Change

Specifies the time of the most recent management-initiated change to this SAP.

Admin MTU

The desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through the SAP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Oper MTU

The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through the SAP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Ingress qos-policy

The ingress QoS policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Egress qos-policy

The egress QoS policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Ingress Filter-Id

The ingress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Egress Filter-Id

The egress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Acct. Pol

The accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP.

Collect Stats

Specifies whether collect stats is enabled.

Dropped

The number of packets and octets dropped because of SAP state, ingress MAC or IP filter, same segment discard, bad checksum, and so on.

Off. HiPrio

The number of high priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, offered by the Pchip to the Qchip.

Off. LowPrio

The number of low priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, offered by the Pchip to the Qchip.

Off. Uncolor

The number of uncolored packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, offered by the Pchip to the Qchip.

Dro. HiPrio

The number of high priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, dropped by the Qchip due to: MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on.

Dro. LowPrio

The number of low priority packets and octets, as determined by the SAP ingress QoS policy, dropped by the Qchip due to: MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on.

For. InProf

The number of in-profile packets and octets (rate below CIR) forwarded by the ingress Qchip.

For. OutProf

The number of out-of-profile packets and octets discarded by the egress Qchip due to MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on.

Dro. InProf

The number of in-profile packets and octets discarded by the egress Qchip due to MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on.

Dro. OutProf

The number of out-of-profile packets and octets discarded by the egress Qchip due to MBS exceeded, buffer pool limit exceeded, and so on.

For. InProf

The number of in-profile packets and octets (rate below CIR) forwarded by the egress Qchip.

For. OutProf

The number of out-of-profile packets and octets (rate above CIR) forwarded by the egress Qchip.

Ingress TD Profile

The profile ID applied to the ingress SAP.

Egress TD Profile

The profile ID applied to the egress SAP.

Alarm Cell Handling

The indication that OAM cells are being processed.

AAL-5 Encap

The AAL-5 encapsulation type.

sdp

Syntax 
sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail]
Context 
show>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays information for the SDPs associated with the service. If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SDPs is displayed.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
Displays only information for the specified SDP ID.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

Default—
All SDPs.
far-end ip-addr
Displays only SDPs matching the specified far-end IP address.
Default—
SDPs with any far-end IP address.
detail—
Displays detailed SDP information.
Output 

The following output is an example of SDP information, and Table 95 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
A:Dut-A# show service id  1 sdp detail 
===============================================================================
Services: Service Destination Points Details 
===============================================================================
 Sdp Id 1:1  -(10.20.1.2)  
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description     : Default sdp description
SDP Id             : 1:1                      Type              : Spoke        
VC Type            : Ether                    VC Tag            : n/a          
Admin Path MTU     : 0                        Oper Path MTU     : 9186         
Far End            : 10.20.1.2                Delivery          : MPLS         
 
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up           
Acct. Pol          : None                     Collect Stats     : Disabled     
Ingress Label      : 2048                     Egress Label      : 2048         
Ing mac Fltr       : n/a                      Egr mac Fltr      : n/a          
Ing ip Fltr        : n/a                      Egr ip Fltr       : n/a          
Ing ipv6 Fltr      : n/a                      Egr ipv6 Fltr     : n/a          
Admin ControlWord  : Not Preferred            Oper ControlWord  : False        
Last Status Change : 05/31/2007 00:45:43      Signaling         : None         
Last Mgmt Change   : 05/31/2007 00:45:43                                       
Class Fwding State : Up                                                        
Flags              : None
Peer Pw Bits       : None
Peer Fault Ip      : None                                                      
Peer Vccv CV Bits  : None
Peer Vccv CC Bits  : None
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit                 Total MAC Addr    : 0            
Learned MAC Addr   : 0                        Static MAC Addr   : 0            
 
MAC Learning       : Enabled                  Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled     
MAC Aging          : Enabled                                                   
L2PT Termination   : Disabled                 BPDU Translation  : Disabled     
MAC Pinning        : Disabled                                                  
 
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State        : Disabled                 Oper State        : Disabled     
Hello Time         : 10                       Hello Msg Len     : 0            
Max Drop Count     : 3                        Hold Down Time    : 10           
 
Statistics            :
I. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        I. Dro. Pkts.     : 0            
I. Fwd. Octs.      : 0                        I. Dro. Octs.     : 0            
E. Fwd. Pkts.      : 0                        E. Fwd. Octets    : 0            
MCAC Policy Name   :                                                           
MCAC Max Unconst BW: no limit                 MCAC Max Mand BW  : no limit     
MCAC In use Mand BW: 0                        MCAC Avail Mand BW: unlimited    
MCAC In use Opnl BW: 0                        MCAC Avail Opnl BW: unlimited    
 
Associated LSP LIST :
Lsp Name           : A_B_1                                                     
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up           
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m35s                                                 
 
Lsp Name           : A_B_2                                                     
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up           
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m35s                                                 
 
Lsp Name           : A_B_3                                                     
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up           
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s                                                 
 
Lsp Name           : A_B_4                                                     
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up           
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s                                                 
 
Lsp Name           : A_B_5                                                     
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up           
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s                                                 
 
Lsp Name           : A_B_6                                                     
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up           
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s                                                 
 
Lsp Name           : A_B_7                                                     
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up           
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s                                                 
 
Lsp Name           : A_B_8                                                     
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up           
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m35s                                                 
 
Lsp Name           : A_B_9                                                     
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up           
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s                                                 
 
Lsp Name           : A_B_10                                                    
Admin State        : Up                       Oper State        : Up           
Time Since Last Tr*: 00h26m34s 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class-based forwarding :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class forwarding   : enabled                                                   
Default LSP        : A_B_10                   Multicast LSP     : A_B_9 
===============================================================================
FC Mapping Table
===============================================================================
FC Name             LSP Name                                                   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
af                  A_B_3                                                      
be                  A_B_1                                                      
ef                  A_B_6                                                      
h1                  A_B_7                                                      
h2                  A_B_5                                                      
l1                  A_B_4                                                      
l2                  A_B_2                                                      
nc                  A_B_8                                                      
===============================================================================
Stp Service Destination Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move           : Blockable                                                 
Stp Admin State    : Up                       Stp Oper State    : Down         
Core Connectivity  : Down                                                      
Port Role          : N/A                      Port State        : Forwarding   
Port Number        : 2049                     Port Priority     : 128          
Port Path Cost     : 10                       Auto Edge         : Enabled      
Admin Edge         : Disabled                 Oper Edge         : N/A          
Link Type          : Pt-pt                    BPDU Encap        : Dot1d        
Root Guard         : Disabled                 Active Protocol   : N/A          
Last BPDU from     : N/A                                                       
Designated Bridge  : N/A                      Designated Port Id: 0            
 
Fwd Transitions    : 0                        Bad BPDUs rcvd    : 0            
Cfg BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        Cfg BPDUs tx      : 0            
TCN BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        TCN BPDUs tx      : 0            
RST BPDUs rcvd     : 0                        RST BPDUs tx      : 0            
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A:Dut-A# 
Table 95:  Output Fields: SDP 

Label

Description

Sdp Id

The SDP identifier.

Type

Indicates whether the SDP is a spoke or a mesh.

Split Horizon Group

Name of the split horizon group that the SDP belongs to.

VC Type

Displays the VC type: ether or vlan.

VC Tag

Displays the explicit dot1Q value used when encapsulating to the SDP far end.

I. Lbl

The VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP.

Admin Path MTU

The operating path MTU of the SDP is equal to the admin path MTU (when one is set) or the dynamically computed tunnel MTU, when no admin path MTU is set (the default case.)

Oper Path MTU

The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented.

Far End

Specifies the IP address of the remote end of the MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP.

Delivery

Specifies the type of delivery used by the SDP: MPLS.

Admin State

The administrative state of this SDP.

Oper State

The operational state of this SDP.

Ingress Label

The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP.

Egress Label

The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP.

Last Changed

The date and time of the most recent change to the SDP.

Signaling

Specifies the signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on this SDP.

Admin State

The administrative state of the keepalive process.

Oper State

The operational state of the keepalive process.

Hello Time

Specifies how often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted on this SDP.

Max Drop Count

Specifies the maximum number of consecutive SDP echo request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault.

Hello Msg Len

Specifies the length of the SDP echo request messages transmitted on this SDP.

Hold Down Time

Specifies the amount of time to wait before the keepalive operating status is eligible to enter the alive state.

I. Fwd. Pkts.

Specifies the number of forwarded ingress packets.

I. Dro. Pkts.

Specifies the number of dropped ingress packets.

E. Fwd. Pkts.

Specifies the number of forwarded egress packets.

Associated LSP List

When the SDP type is MPLS, a list of LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the list must terminate at the IP address specified in the far end field.

aggregate

Syntax 
aggregate [active]
Context 
show>router
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays aggregated routes.

Parameters 
active—
Keyword that filters out inactive aggregates.
Output 

The following output is an example of aggregate route information, and Table 96 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 aggregate
==============================================================================
Aggregates (Service: 3)
==============================================================================
Prefix                Summary  AS Set   Aggr AS     Aggr IP-Address   State
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Aggregates: 0
-----------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#
Table 96:  Output Fields: Aggregate 

Label

Description

Prefix

Displays the destination address of the aggregate route, in dotted decimal notation.

Summary

Specifies whether the aggregate or more specific components are advertised.

AS Set

Displays an aggregate where the path advertised for the route consists of all elements contained in all paths that are being summarized.

Aggr AS

Displays the aggregator path attribute to the aggregate route.

Aggr IP-Address

The IP address of the aggregated route.

State

The operational state of the aggregated route.

No. of Aggregates

The total number of aggregated routes.

arp

Syntax 
arp [ip-address | ip-int-name | mac ieee-mac-addr]
Context 
show>router
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays the router ARP table sorted by IP address.

If no command line options are specified, all ARP entries are displayed.

Parameters 
ip-addr—
Only displays ARP entries associated with the specified IP address.
ip-int-name—
Only displays ARP entries associated with the specified IP interface name.
mac ieee-mac-addr
Only displays ARP entries associated with the specified MAC address.
Output 

The following output is an example of router ARP table information, and Table 97 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 arp
===============================================================================
ARP Table (Service: 3)
===============================================================================
IP Address      MAC Address       Expiry    Type   Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.10.103    04:67:ff:00:00:01 00h00m00s Oth    system
10.10.4.3       00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth    ALA-1-2
10.10.5.3       00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth    ALA-1-3
10.10.7.3       00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth    ALA-1-5
10.10.0.16      00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth    bozo
10.10.3.3       00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth    gizmo
10.10.2.3       00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth    hobo
10.10.1.17      00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth    int-cflowd
10.0.0.92       00:00:00:00:00:00 04h00m00s Dyn    to-104
10.0.0.103      04:67:01:01:00:01 00h00m00s Oth[I] to-104
10.0.0.104      04:68:01:01:00:01 03h59m49s Dyn[I] to-104
10.10.36.2      00:00:00:00:00:00 00h00m00s Oth    tuesday
192.168.2.98    00:03:47:c8:b4:86 00h14m37s Dyn[I] management
192.168.2.103   00:03:47:dc:98:1d 00h00m00s Oth[I] management
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of ARP Entries: 14
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 arp 10.10.0.3
===============================================================================
ARP Table                                                                      
===============================================================================
IP Address      MAC Address       Expiry    Type   Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.0.3       04:5d:ff:00:00:00 00:00:00  Oth    system                         
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 arp to-ser1
===============================================================================
ARP Table                                                                      
===============================================================================
IP Address      MAC Address       Expiry    Type   Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.13.1      04:5b:01:01:00:02 03:53:09  Dyn    to-ser1                        
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
Table 97:  Output Fields: Router ARP 

Label

Description

IP Address

The IP address of the ARP entry.

MAC Address

The MAC address of the ARP entry.

Expiry

The age of the ARP entry.

Type

Dyn — The ARP entry is a dynamic ARP entry.

Inv — The ARP entry is an inactive static ARP entry (invalid).

Oth — The ARP entry is a local or system ARP entry.

Sta — The ARP entry is an active static ARP entry.

Interface

The IP interface name associated with the ARP entry.

No. of ARP Entries

The number of ARP entries displayed in the list.

damping

Syntax 
damping [ip-prefix/mask | ip-address] [detail]
damping [damp-type] [detail]
Context 
show>router>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays BGP routes that have been dampened because of route flapping. This command can be entered with or without a route parameter.

When the keyword detail is included, more detailed information displays.

When only the command is entered (without any parameters included except detail), all dampened routes are listed.

When a parameter is specified, the matching route or routes are listed.

When a decayed, history, or suppressed keyword is specified, only those types of dampened routes are listed.

Parameters 
ip-prefix/mask—
Displays damping information for the specified IP prefix and mask length.
ip-address—
Displays damping entries for the best match route for the specified IP address.
damp-type—
Displays damping type for the specified IP address.
decayed—
Displays damping entries that are decayed but are not suppressed.
history—
Displays damping entries that are withdrawn but have history.
suppressed—
Displays damping entries suppressed because of route damping.
detail—
Displays detailed information.
Output 

The following output is an example of BGP damping, and Table 98 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp damping 
==============================================================================
  BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14         AS : 65206   Local AS : 65206
==============================================================================
  Legend -
  Status codes  : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
  Origin codes  : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete,  - best
==============================================================================
BGP Damped Routes
==============================================================================
Flag  Network            From            Reuse       AS-Path 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ud*i  10.149.7.0/24      10.0.28.1       00h00m00s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      1239  22406 
si    10.155.6.0/23      10.0.28.1       00h43m41s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      2914  7459 
si    10.155.8.0/22      10.0.28.1       00h38m31s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      2914  7459 
si    10.155.12.0/22     10.0.28.1       00h35m41s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      2914  7459 
si    10.155.22.0/23     10.0.28.1       00h35m41s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      2914  7459 
si    10.155.24.0/22     10.0.28.1       00h35m41s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      2914  7459 
si    10.155.28.0/22     10.0.28.1       00h34m31s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      2914  7459 
si    10.155.40.0/21     10.0.28.1       00h28m24s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      7911  7459 
si    10.155.48.0/20     10.0.28.1       00h28m24s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      7911  7459 
ud*i  10.8.140.0/24      10.0.28.1       00h00m00s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      4637  17447 
ud*i  10.8.141.0/24      10.0.28.1       00h00m00s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      4637  17447 
ud*i  10.9.0.0/18        10.0.28.1       00h00m00s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      3561  9658  6163 
. . .
ud*i  10.213.184.0/23    10.0.28.1       00h00m00s   60203 65001 19855 3356
                                                      6774  6774  9154 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp damping detail 
==============================================================================
  BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14         AS : 65206   Local AS : 65206
==============================================================================
  Legend -
  Status codes  : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - 
 valid
  Origin codes  : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete,  - best
==============================================================================
BGP Damped Routes
==============================================================================
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.149.7.0/24
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network          : 10.149.7.0/24        Peer             : 10.0.28.1
NextHop          : 10.0.28.1            Reuse time       : 00h00m00s
Peer AS          : 60203                Peer Router-Id   : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref       : none
Age              : 00h22m09s            Last update      : 02d00h58m
FOM Present      : 738                  FOM Last upd.    : 2039
Number of Flaps  : 2                    Flags            : ud*i
Path             : 60203 65001 19855 3356  1239  22406
Applied Policy   : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.142.48.0/20
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network          : 10.142.48.0/20       Peer             : 10.0.28.1
NextHop          : 10.0.28.1            Reuse time       : 00h00m00s
Peer AS          : 60203                Peer Router-Id   : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref       : none
Age              : 00h00m38s            Last update      : 02d01h20m
FOM Present      : 2011                 FOM Last upd.    : 2023
Number of Flaps  : 2                    Flags            : ud*i
Path             : 60203 65001 19855 3356  3561  5551  1889
Applied Policy   : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.200.128.0/19
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network          : 10.200.128.0/19      Peer             : 10.0.28.1
NextHop          : 10.0.28.1            Reuse time       : 00h00m00s
Peer AS          : 60203                Peer Router-Id   : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref       : none
Age              : 00h00m38s            Last update      : 02d01h20m
FOM Present      : 2011                 FOM Last upd.    : 2023
Number of Flaps  : 2                    Flags            : ud*i
Path             : 60203 65001 19855 1299  702   1889
Applied Policy   : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.203.192.0/18
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network          : 10.203.192.0/18      Peer             : 10.0.28.1
NextHop          : 10.0.28.1            Reuse time       : 00h00m00s
Peer AS          : 60203                Peer Router-Id   : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref       : none
Age              : 00h00m07s            Last update      : 02d01h20m
FOM Present      : 1018                 FOM Last upd.    : 1024
Number of Flaps  : 1                    Flags            : ud*i
Path             : 60203 65001 19855 1299  702   1889
Applied Policy   : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp damping 15.203.192.0/18 detail
==============================================================================
  BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14         AS : 65206   Local AS : 65206
==============================================================================
  Legend -
  Status codes  : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
  Origin codes  : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete,  - best
==============================================================================
BGP Damped Routes 10.203.192.0/18
==============================================================================
Network : 10.203.192.0/18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network          : 10.203.192.0/18      Peer             : 10.0.28.1
NextHop          : 10.0.28.1            Reuse time       : 00h00m00s
Peer AS          : 60203                Peer Router-Id   : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref       : none
Age              : 00h00m42s            Last update      : 02d01h20m
FOM Present      : 2003                 FOM Last upd.    : 2025
Number of Flaps  : 2                    Flags            : ud*i
Path             : 60203 65001 19855 3356  702   1889
Applied Policy   : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Paths : 1
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp damping suppressed detail      
==============================================================================
  BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14         AS : 65206   Local AS : 65206
==============================================================================
  Legend -
  Status codes  : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
  Origin codes  : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete,  - best
==============================================================================
BGP Damped Routes (Suppressed)
==============================================================================
Network : 10.142.48.0/20
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network          : 10.142.48.0/20       Peer             : 10.0.28.1
NextHop          : 10.0.28.1            Reuse time       : 00h29m22s
Peer AS          : 60203                Peer Router-Id   : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref       : none
Age              : 00h01m28s            Last update      : 02d01h20m
FOM Present      : 2936                 FOM Last upd.    : 3001
Number of Flaps  : 3                    Flags            : si
Path             : 60203 65001 19855 3356  702   1889
Applied Policy   : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.200.128.0/19
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network          : 10.200.128.0/19      Peer             : 10.0.28.1
NextHop          : 10.0.28.1            Reuse time       : 00h29m22s
Peer AS          : 60203                Peer Router-Id   : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref       : none
Age              : 00h01m28s            Last update      : 02d01h20m
FOM Present      : 2936                 FOM Last upd.    : 3001
Number of Flaps  : 3                    Flags            : si
Path             : 60203 65001 19855 3356  702   1889
Applied Policy   : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.203.240.0/20
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network          : 10.203.240.0/20      Peer             : 10.0.28.1
NextHop          : 10.0.28.1            Reuse time       : 00h29m22s
Peer AS          : 60203                Peer Router-Id   : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref       : none
Age              : 00h01m28s            Last update      : 02d01h20m
FOM Present      : 2936                 FOM Last upd.    : 3001
Number of Flaps  : 3                    Flags            : si
Path             : 60203 65001 19855 3356  702   1889
Applied Policy   : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network : 10.206.0.0/17
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network          : 10.206.0.0/17        Peer             : 10.0.28.1
NextHop          : 10.0.28.1            Reuse time       : 00h29m22s
Peer AS          : 60203                Peer Router-Id   : 32.32.27.203
Local Pref       : none
Age              : 00h01m28s            Last update      : 02d01h20m
FOM Present      : 2936                 FOM Last upd.    : 3001
Number of Flaps  : 3                    Flags            : si
Path             : 60203 65001 19855 3356  702   1889
Applied Policy   : default-damping-profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12#
Table 98:  Output Fields: BGP Damping 

Label

Description

BGP Router ID

The local BGP router ID.

AS

The configured autonomous system number.

Local AS

The configured or inherited local AS for the specified peer group. If not configured, it is the same value as the AS.

Network

Route IP prefix and mask length for the route.

Flags

Legend:

Status codes: u- used, s-suppressed, h-history, d-decayed, *-valid. If a * is not present, the status is invalid.

Origin codes: i-IGP, e-EGP, ?-incomplete, >-best

Network

The IP prefix and mask length for the route.

From

The originator ID path attribute value.

Reuse time

The time when a suppressed route can be used again.

AS Path

The BGP AS path for the route.

Peer

The router ID of the advertising router.

NextHop

BGP next hop for the route.

Peer AS

The AS number of the advertising router.

Peer Router-Id

The router ID of the advertising router.

Local Pref

BGP local preference path attribute for the route.

Age

The time elapsed since the service was enabled.

Last update

The time when BGP was updated last in second/minute/hour (SS:MM:HH) format.

FOM Present

The current Figure of Merit (FOM) value.

Number of Flaps

The number of flaps in the neighbor connection.

Reuse time

The time when the route can be reused.

Path

The BGP AS path for the route.

Applied Policy

The applied route policy name.

group

Syntax 
group [name] [detail]
Context 
show>router>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays group information for a BGP peer group. This command can be entered with or without parameters.

When this command is entered without a group name, information about all peer groups displays.

When the command is issued with a specific group name, information only pertaining to that specific peer group displays.

The “State” field displays the BGP group operational state. Other valid states are the following:

  1. Up
    BGP global process is configured and running.
  2. Down
    BGP global process is administratively shutdown and not running.
  3. Disabled
    BGP global process is operationally disabled. The process must be restarted by the operator.
Parameters 
name—
Displays information for the BGP group specified.
detail—
Displays detailed information.
Output 

The following output is an example of BGP group information, and Table 99 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp group
===============================================================================
BGP Groups 
===============================================================================
Group            : To_AS_40000                     
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description      : Not Available
Group Type       : No Type              State            : Up                  
Peer AS          : 40000                Local AS         : 65206               
Local Address    : n/a                  Loop Detect      : Ignore              
Export Policy    : direct2bgp                                                 
Hold Time        : 90                   Keep Alive       : 30                  
Cluster Id       : None                 Client Reflect   : Enabled             
NLRI             : Unicast              Preference       : 170                 
 
List of Peers
- 10.0.0.1       : To_Jukebox
- 10.0.0.12      : Not Available
- 10.0.0.13      : Not Available
- 10.0.0.14      : To_ALA-1
- 10.0.0.15      : To_H-215
Total Peers      : 5                    Established      : 2                   
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
 
 
Table 99:  Output Fields: BGP Group 

Label

Description

Group

BGP group name

Group Type

No Type — Peer type not configured

External — Peer type configured as external BGP peers

Internal — Peer type configured as internal BGP peers

Disabled — The BGP peer group has been operationally disabled

Down — The BGP peer group is operationally inactive

Up — The BGP peer group is operationally active

Peer AS

The configured or inherited peer AS for the specified peer group

Local AS

The configured or inherited local AS for the specified peer group

Local Address

The configured or inherited local address for originating peering for the specified peer group

Loop Detect

The configured or inherited loop detect setting for the specified peer group

Connect Retry

The configured or inherited connect retry timer value

Authentication

None - No authentication is configured

MD5 - MD5 authentication is configured

Local Pref

The configured or inherited local preference value

MED Out

The configured or inherited MED value assigned to advertised routes without a MED attribute

Min Route Advt.

The minimum amount of time that must pass between route updates for the same IP prefix

Min AS Originate

The minimum amount of time that must pass between updates for a route originated by the local router

Multihop

The maximum number of router hops a BGP connection can traverse

Multipath

The configured or inherited multipath value, determining the maximum number of ECMP routes BGP can advertise to the RTM

Prefix Limit

No Limit — No route limit assigned to the BGP peer group

1 to 4294967285 — The maximum number of routes BGP can learn from a peer

Passive

Disabled — BGP attempts to establish BGP connections with neighbors in the specified peer group

Enabled — BGP does not actively attempt to establish BGP connections with neighbors in the specified peer group

Next Hop Self

Disabled — BGP is not configured to send only its own IP address as the BGP next hop in route updates to neighbors in the peer group

Enabled — BGP sends only its own IP address as the BGP next hop in route updates to neighbors in the specified peer group

Aggregator ID 0

Disabled — BGP is not configured to set the aggregator ID to 0.0.0.0 in all originated route aggregates sent to the neighbor in the peer group

Enabled — BGP is configured to set the aggregator ID to 0.0.0.0 in all originated route aggregates sent to the neighbor in the peer group

Remove Private

Disabled — BGP does not remove all private ASNs from the AS path attribute in updates sent to the neighbor in the peer group

Enabled — BGP removes all private ASNs from the AS path attribute in updates sent to the neighbor in the peer group

Damping

Disabled — The peer group is configured not to dampen route flaps

Enabled — The peer group is configured to dampen route flaps

Export Policy

The configured export policies for the peer group

Import Policy

The configured import policies for the peer group

Hold Time

The configured hold time setting

Keep Alive

The configured keepalive setting

Cluster Id

None — No cluster ID has been configured

Client Reflect

Disabled — The BGP route reflector will not reflect routes to this neighbor

Enabled — The BGP route reflector is configured to reflect routes to this neighbor

NLRI

The type of NLRI information that the specified peer group can accept

Unicast — IPv4 unicast routing information can be carried

Preference

The configured route preference value for the peer group

List of Peers

A list of BGP peers configured under the peer group

Total Peers

The total number of peers configured under the peer group

Established

The total number of peers that are in an established state

neighbor

Syntax 
neighbor [ip-address [detail]]
neighbor [as-address [detail]]
neighbor ip-address [family] [filter1 [brief]
neighbor ip-number [family] filter2
neighbor as-number [family] filter2
neighbor ip-address orf [filter3]
neighbor ip-address graceful-restart
Context 
show>router>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays BGP neighbor information. It can be configured with or without any parameters.

If it is configured without parameters, information about all BGP peers is displayed.

If it is issued with a specific IP address or ASN, information about only that specific peer or peers with the same AS is displayed.

If either received-routes or advertised-routes is specified, the routes received from or sent to the specified peer are displayed (see Sample Output — Received Routes).

Note:

This information is not available for SNMP.

If either history or suppressed is specified, the routes learned from peers that either have a history or are suppressed (respectively) are displayed.

The State field displays the BGP peer protocol state. In addition to the standard protocol states, this field can also display the Disabled operational state, which indicates that the peer is operationally disabled and must be restarted by the operator.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Displays information for the specified IP address.
Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x[-interface]

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d[-interface]

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

interface: 32 characters maximum, mandatory for link local

addresses.

 

as-number—
Displays information for the specified ASN.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

family—
Specifies the type of routing information to be distributed by this peer group.
Values—
ipv4 — Displays only those BGP peers that have the IPv4 family enabled.
vpn-ipv4 — Displays only those BGP peers that have the VPN-IPv4 family enabled.
ipv6 — Displays only those BGP peers that have the IPv6 family enabled.
vpn-ipv6 — Displays only those BGP peers that have the VPN-IPv4 family enabled.

 

filter1—
Displays information for the specified IP address
Values—
received-routes — Displays the number of routes received from this peer.
advertised-routes — Displays the number of routes advertised by this peer.
history — Displays statistics for dampened routes.
suppressed — Displays the number of paths from this peer that have been suppressed by damping.
detail — Displays detailed information pertaining to filter1.

 

filter2—
Displays information for the specified ASN.
Values—
history — Display statistics for dampened routes.
suppressed — Display the number of paths from this peer that have been suppressed by damping.
detail — Displays detailed information pertaining to filter2.

 

brief—
Displays information in a brief format. This parameter is only supported with received-routes and advertised-routes.
orf—
Displays outbound route filtering for the BGP instance. ORF (Outbound Route Filtering) is used to inform a neighbor of targets (using target-list) that it is willing to receive. This mechanism helps lessen the update exchanges between neighbors and saves CPU cycles to process routes that could have been received from the neighbor only to be dropped/ignored.
filter3—
Displays path information for the specified IP address.
Values—
send — Displays the number of paths sent to this peer.
receive — Displays the number of paths received from this peer.

 

graceful-restart —
Displays neighbors configured for graceful restart.
Output 

The following outputs are examples of BGP neighbor information, and the associated tables describe the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp neighbor
===============================================================================
BGP Neighbor
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer : 10.0.0.15         Group : To_AS_40000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer AS          : 65205                                                        
Peer Address     : 10.0.0.15            Peer Port        : 0                   
Local AS         : 65206                                                        
Local Address    : 10.0.0.16            Local Port       : 0                   
Peer Type        : External                                                     
State            : Active               Last State       : Connect             
Last Event       : openFail                                                     
Last Error       : Hold Timer Expire
Hold Time        : 90                   Keep Alive       : 30                  
Active Hold Time : 0                    Active Keep Alive: 0                   
Cluster Id       : None                                                         
Preference       : 170                  Num of Flaps     : 0                   
Recd. Prefixes   : 0                    Active Prefixes  : 0                   
Recd. Paths      : 0                    Suppressed Paths : 0                   
Input Queue      : 0                    Output Queue     : 0                   
i/p Messages     : 0                    o/p Messages     : 0                   
i/p Octets       : 0                    o/p Octets       : 0                   
i/p Updates      : 0                    o/p Updates      : 0                   
Export Policy    : direct2bgp 
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp neighbor detail
===============================================================================
BGP Neighbor (detail)
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer : 10.0.0.15         Group : To_AS_40000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer AS          : 65205                                                        
Peer Address     : 10.0.0.15            Peer Port        : 0                   
Local AS         : 65206                                                        
Local Address    : 10.0.0.16            Local Port       : 0                   
Peer Type        : External                                                     
State            : Active               Last State       : Connect             
Last Event       : openFail                                                     
Last Error       : Hold Timer Expire
Connect Retry    : 20                   Local Pref.      : 100                 
Min Route Advt.  : 30                   Min AS Orig.     : 15                  
Multipath        : 1                    Multihop         : 5                   
Damping          : Disabled             Loop Detect      : Ignore              
MED Out          : No MED Out           Authentication   : None                
Next Hop Self    : Disabled             AggregatorID Zero: Disabled            
Remove Private   : Disabled             Passive          : Disabled            
Prefix Limit     : No Limit                                                     
Hold Time        : 90                   Keep Alive       : 30                  
Active Hold Time : 0                    Active Keep Alive: 0                   
Cluster Id       : None                 Client Reflect   : Enabled             
Preference       : 170                  Num of Flaps     : 0                   
Recd. Prefixes   : 0                    Active Prefixes  : 0                   
Recd. Paths      : 0                    Suppressed Paths : 0                   
Input Queue      : 0                    Output Queue     : 0                   
i/p Messages     : 0                    o/p Messages     : 0                   
i/p Octets       : 0                    o/p Octets       : 0                   
i/p Updates      : 0                    o/p Updates      : 0                   
Export Policy    : direct2bgp                                                 
 
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
Table 100:  Output Fields: BGP Neighbor 

Label

Description

Peer

The IP address of the configured BGP peer

Group

The BGP peer group to which this peer is assigned

Peer AS

The configured or inherited peer AS for the peer group

Peer Address

The configured address for the BGP peer

Peer Port

The TCP port number used on the far-end system

Local AS

The configured or inherited local AS for the peer group

Local Address

The configured or inherited local address for originating peering for the peer group

Local Port

The TCP port number used on the local system

Peer Type

External — Peer type configured as external BGP peers

Internal — Peer type configured as internal BGP peers

State

Idle — The BGP peer is not accepting connections

Active — BGP is listening for and accepting TCP connections from this peer

Connect — BGP is attempting to establish a TCP connection from this peer

Open Sent — BGP has sent an OPEN message to the peer and is waiting for an OPEN message from the peer

Open Confirm — BGP has received a valid OPEN message from the peer and is awaiting a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION

Established — BGP has successfully established a peering and is exchanging routing information

Last State

Idle — The BGP peer is not accepting connections

Active — BGP is listening for and accepting TCP connections from this peer

Connect — BGP is attempting to establish a TCP connection from this peer

Open Sent — BGP has sent an OPEN message to the peer and is waiting for an OPEN message from the peer

Open Confirm — BGP has received a valid OPEN message from the peer and is awaiting a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION

Established — BGP has successfully established a peering and is exchanging routing information

Last Event

start — BGP has initialized the BGP neighbor

stop — BGP has disabled the BGP neighbor

open — BGP transport connection opened

close — BGP transport connection closed

openFail — BGP transport connection failed to open

error — BGP transport connection error

connectRetry — Connect retry timer expired

holdTime — Hold time timer expired

keepAlive — Keepalive timer expired

recvOpen — Receive an OPEN message

revKeepalive — Receive an KEEPALIVE message

recvUpdate — Receive an UPDATE message

recvNotify — Receive an NOTIFICATION message

None — No events have occurred

Last Error

Displays the last BGP error and sub-code to occur on the BGP neighbor

Connect Retry

The configured or inherited connect retry timer value

Local Pref.

The configured or inherited local preference value

Min Route Advt.

The minimum amount of time that must pass between route updates for the same IP prefix

Min AS Originate

The minimum amount of time that must pass between updates for a route originated by the local router

Multihop

The maximum number of router hops a BGP connection can traverse

Multipath

The configured or inherited multipath value, determining the maximum number of ECMP routes BGP can advertise to the RTM

Damping

Disabled — BGP neighbor is configured not to dampen route flaps

Enabled — BGP neighbor is configured to dampen route flaps

Loop Detect

Ignore — The BGP neighbor is configured to ignore routes with an AS loop

Drop — The BGP neighbor is configured to drop the BGP peering if an AS loop is detected

Off — AS loop detection is disabled for the neighbor

MED Out

The configured or inherited MED value assigned to advertised routes without a MED attribute

Authentication

None — No authentication is configured

MD5 — MD5 authentication is configured

Next Hop Self

Disabled — BGP is not configured to send only its own IP address as the BGP nexthop in route updates to the specified neighbor

Enabled — BGP sends only its own IP address as the BGP next hop in route updates to the neighbor

AggregatorID Zero

Disabled — The BGP neighbor is not configured to set the aggregator ID to 0.0.0.0 in all originated route aggregates

Enabled — The BGP neighbor is configured to set the aggregator ID to 0.0.0.0 in all originated route aggregates

Remove Private

Disabled — BGP does not remove all private ASNs from the AS path attribute, in updates sent to the specified neighbor

Enabled — BGP removes all private ASNs from the AS path attribute, in updates sent to the specified neighbor

Passive

Disabled — BGP actively attempts to establish a BGP connection with the specified neighbor

Enabled — BGP does not actively attempt to establish a BGP connection with the specified neighbor

Prefix Limit

No Limit — No route limit assigned to the BGP peer group

1 to 4294967295 — The maximum number of routes BGP can learn from a peer

Hold Time

The configured hold time setting

Keep Alive

The configured keepalive setting

Active Hold Time

The negotiated hold time, if the BGP neighbor is in an established state

Active Keep Alive

The negotiated keepalive time, if the BGP neighbor is in an established state

Cluster Id

The configured route reflector cluster ID

None — No cluster ID has been configured

Client Reflect

Disabled — The BGP route reflector is configured not to reflect routes to this neighbor

Enabled — The BGP route reflector is configured to reflect routes to this neighbor

Preference

The configured route preference value for the peer group

Num of Flaps

The number of flaps in the neighbor connection

Recd. Prefixes

The number of routes received from the BGP neighbor

Active Prefixes

The number of routes received from the BGP neighbor and active in the forwarding table

Recd. Paths

The number of unique sets of path attributes received from the BGP neighbor

Suppressed Paths

The number of unique sets of path attributes received from the BGP neighbor and suppressed due to route damping

Input Queue

The number of BGP messages to be processed

Output Queue

The number of BGP messages to be transmitted

i/p Messages

Total number of packets received from the BGP neighbor

Sample Output — Received Routes
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp neighbor 10.0.0.16 received-routes
==============================================================================
 BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.16         AS : 65206   Local AS : 65206 
===============================================================================
 Legend -
 Status codes  : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
 Origin codes  : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, > - best
===============================================================================
BGP Neighbor
===============================================================================
Flag  Network            Nexthop         LocalPref  MED        As-Path          
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
?     10.0.0.16/32       10.0.0.16       100        none       No As-Path      
?     10.0.6.0/24        10.0.0.16       100        none       No As-Path      
?     10.0.8.0/24        10.0.0.16       100        none       No As-Path      
?     10.0.12.0/24       10.0.0.16       100        none       No As-Path      
?     10.0.13.0/24       10.0.0.16       100        none       No As-Path      
?     10.0.204.0/24      10.0.0.16       100        none       No As-Path      
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
Table 101:  Output Fields: Neighbor Received Routes  

Label

Description

BGP Router ID

Displays the local BGP router ID

AS

The configured AS number

Local AS

The configured local AS setting. If not configured, it is the same value as the AS

Flag

u — used

s — suppressed

h — history

d — decayed

* — valid

i — igp

? — incomplete

> — best

Network

Route IP prefix and mask length for the route

Nexthop

BGP next hop for the route

LocalPref

BGP local preference path attribute for the route

MED

BGP Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) path attribute for the route

As-Path

The BGP AS path for the route

Sample Output — Add-Path
*A:7210SAS# show  router bgp neighbor 2.2.2.2 
 
===============================================================================
BGP Neighbor
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer  : 10.2.2.2
Group : toPE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peer AS              : 100              Peer Port            : 50854
Peer Address         : 10.2.2.2
Local AS             : 100              Local Port           : 179  
Local Address        : 10.1.1.1
Peer Type            : Internal         
State                : Established      Last State           : Established
Last Event           : recvKeepAlive    
Last Error           : Cease (Connection Collision Resolution)
Local Family         : IPv4 VPN-IPv4 IPv6 VPN-IPv6
Remote Family        : IPv4 VPN-IPv4 IPv6 VPN-IPv6
Hold Time            : 90               Keep Alive           : 30   
Min Hold Time        : 0                
Active Hold Time     : 90               Active Keep Alive    : 30   
Cluster Id           : None             
Preference           : 170              Num of Update Flaps  : 0    
Recd. Paths          : 0                
IPv4 Recd. Prefixes  : 0                IPv4 Active Prefixes : 0    
IPv4 Suppressed Pfxs : 0                VPN-IPv4 Suppr. Pfxs : 0    
VPN-IPv4 Recd. Pfxs  : 0                VPN-IPv4 Active Pfxs : 0    
Mc IPv4 Recd. Pfxs.  : 0                Mc IPv4 Active Pfxs. : 0    
Mc IPv4 Suppr. Pfxs  : 0                IPv6 Suppressed Pfxs : 0    
IPv6 Recd. Prefixes  : 0                IPv6 Active Prefixes : 0    
VPN-IPv6 Recd. Pfxs  : 0                VPN-IPv6 Active Pfxs : 0    
VPN-IPv6 Suppr. Pfxs : 0                L2-VPN Suppr. Pfxs   : 0    
L2-VPN Recd. Pfxs    : 0                L2-VPN Active Pfxs   : 0    
MVPN-IPv4 Suppr. Pfxs: 0                MVPN-IPv4 Recd. Pfxs : 0    
MVPN-IPv4 Active Pfxs: 0                MDT-SAFI Suppr. Pfxs : 0    
MDT-SAFI Recd. Pfxs  : 0                MDT-SAFI Active Pfxs : 0    
FLOW-IPV4-SAFI Suppr*: 0                FLOW-IPV4-SAFI Recd.*: 0    
FLOW-IPV4-SAFI Activ*: 0                Rte-Tgt Suppr. Pfxs  : 0    
Rte-Tgt Recd. Pfxs   : 0                Rte-Tgt Active Pfxs  : 0    
Backup IPv4 Pfxs     : 0                Backup IPv6 Pfxs     : 0    
Mc Vpn Ipv4 Recd. Pf*: 0                Mc Vpn Ipv4 Active P*: 0    
Backup Vpn IPv4 Pfxs : 0                Backup Vpn IPv6 Pfxs : 0    
Input Queue          : 0                Output Queue         : 0    
i/p Messages         : 9042             o/p Messages         : 65   
i/p Octets           : 111              o/p Octets           : 278
i/p Updates          : 0                o/p Updates          : 0    
TTL Security         : Disabled         Min TTL Value        : n/a
Graceful Restart     : Disabled         Stale Routes Time    : n/a
Advertise Inactive   : Disabled         Peer Tracking        : Disabled
Advertise Label      : ipv4 ipv6 
Auth key chain       : n/a
Disable Cap Nego     : Disabled         Bfd Enabled          : Enabled
Flowspec Validate    : Disabled         Default Route Tgt    : Disabled
L2 VPN Cisco Interop : Disabled         
Local Capability     : RtRefresh MPBGP 4byte ASN 
Remote Capability    : RtRefresh MPBGP 4byte ASN 
Local AddPath Capabi*: Send - VPN-IPv4 (1) VPN-IPv6 (4)
                     : Receive - VPN-IPv6 
Remote AddPath Capab*: Send - VPN-IPv6 
                     : Receive - VPN-IPv4 VPN-IPv6 
Import Policy        : None Specified / Inherited
Export Policy        : P1                                                      
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neighbors : 1
===============================================================================
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
*A:7210SAS#
Table 102:  Output Fields: Show Neighbor Add-path 

Label

Description

Peer

The IP address of the configured BGP peer

Group

The BGP peer group to which this peer is assigned

Peer AS

The configured or inherited peer AS for the peer group

Peer Address

The configured address for the BGP peer

Peer Port

The TCP port number used on the far-end system

Local AS

The configured or inherited local AS for the peer group

Local Address

The configured or inherited local address for originating peering for the peer group

Local Port

The TCP port number used on the local system

Peer Type

External — peer type configured as external BGP peers

Internal — peer type configured as internal BGP peers

State

Idle — The BGP peer is not accepting connections

(Shutdown) is also displayed if the peer is administratively disabled

Active — BGP is listening for and accepting TCP connections from this peer

Connect — BGP is attempting to establish a TCP connection with this peer

Open Sent — BGP has sent an OPEN message to the peer and is waiting for an OPEN message from the peer

Open Confirm — BGP has received a valid OPEN message from the peer and is awaiting a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION

Established — BGP has successfully established a peering session and is exchanging routing information

Last State

Idle — The BGP peer is not accepting connections

Active — BGP is listening for and accepting TCP connections from this peer

Connect — BGP is attempting to establish a TCP connections with this peer

Open Sent — BGP has sent an OPEN message to the peer and is waiting for an OPEN message from the peer

Open Confirm — BGP has received a valid OPEN message from the peer and is awaiting a KEEPALIVE or NOTIFICATION

Last Event

start — BGP has initialized the BGP neighbor

stop — BGP has disabled the BGP neighbor

open — BGP transport connection is opened

close — BGP transport connection is closed

openFail — BGP transport connection failed to open

error — BGP transport connection error

connectRetry — the connect retry timer expired

holdTime — the hold time timer expired

keepAlive — the keepalive timer expired

recvOpen — BGP has received an OPEN message

revKeepalive — BGP has received a KEEPALIVE message

recvUpdate — BGP has received an UPDATE message

recvNotify —BGP has received a NOTIFICATION message

None — no events have occurred

Last Error

The last BGP error and subcode to occur on the BGP neighbor

Local Family

The configured local family value

Remote Family

The configured remote family value

Hold Time

The configured hold-time setting

Keep Alive

The configured keepalive setting

Min Hold Time

The configured minimum hold-time setting

Active Hold Time

The negotiated hold time, if the BGP neighbor is in an established state

Active Keep Alive

The negotiated keepalive time, if the BGP neighbor is in an established state

Cluster Id

The configured route reflector cluster ID

None — no cluster ID has been configured

Preference

The configured route preference value for the peer group

Num of Flaps

The number of route flaps in the neighbor connection

Recd. Prefixes

The number of routes received from the BGP neighbor

Recd. Paths

The number of unique sets of path attributes received from the BGP neighbor

IPv4 Recd. Prefixes

The number of unique sets of IPv4 path attributes received from the BGP neighbor

IPv4 Active Prefixes

The number of IPv4 routes received from the BGP neighbor and active in the forwarding table

IPv4 Suppressed Pfxs

The number of unique sets of IPv4 path attributes received from the BGP neighbor and suppressed due to route damping

VPN-IPv4 Suppr. Pfxs

The number of unique sets of VPN-IPv4 path attributes received from the BGP neighbor and suppressed due to route damping

VPN-IPv4 Recd. Pfxs

The number of unique sets of VPN-IPv4 path attributes received from the BGP neighbor

VPN-IPv4 Active Pfxs

The number of VPN-IPv4 routes received from the BGP neighbor and active in the forwarding table

IPv6 Recd. Prefixes

The number of unique sets of IPv6 path attributes received from the BGP neighbor

IPv6 Active Prefixes

The number of IPv6 routes received from the BGP neighbor and active in the forwarding table

VPN-IPv6 Recd. Pfxs

The number of unique sets of VPN-IPv6 path attributes received from the BGP neighbor

VPN-IPv6 Active Pfxs

The number of VPN-IPv6 routes received from the BGP neighbor and active in the forwarding table

VPN-IPv6 Suppr. Pfxs

The number of unique sets of VPN-IPv6 path attributes received from the BGP neighbor and suppressed due to route damping

Backup IPv4 Pfxs

The number of BGP Fast Reroute backup path IPv4 prefixes

Backup IPv6 Pfxs

The number of BGP Fast Reroute backup path IPv6 prefixes

Backup Vpn IPv4 Pfxs

The number of BGP Fast Reroute backup path VPN IPv4 prefixes

Backup Vpn IPv6 Pfxs

The number of BGP Fast Reroute backup path VPN IPv6 prefixes

Input Queue

The number of BGP messages to be processed

Output Queue

The number of BGP messages to be transmitted

i/p Messages

The total number of packets received from the BGP neighbor

o/p Messages

The total number of packets sent to the BGP neighbor

i/p Octets

The total number of octets received from the BGP neighbor

o/p Octets

The total number of octets sent to the BGP neighbor

i/p Updates

The total number of updates received from the BGP neighbor

o/p Updates

The total number of updates sent to the BGP neighbor

TTL Security

Enabled — TTL security is enabled

Disabled — TTL security is disabled

Min TTL Value

The minimum TTL value configured for the peer

Graceful Restart

The state of graceful restart

Stale Routes Time

The length of time that stale routes are kept in the route table

Advertise Inactive

The state of advertising inactive BGP routes to other BGP peers (enabled or disabled)

Peer Tracking

The state of tracking a neighbor IP address in the routing table for a BGP session

Advertise Label

Indicates the enabled address family for supporting RFC 3107 BGP label capability

Auth key chain

The value for the authentication key chain

Bfd Enabled

Enabled — BFD is enabled

Disabled — BFD is disabled

Local Capability

The capability of the local BGP speaker; for example, route refresh, MP-BGP, ORF

Remote Capability

The capability of the remote BGP peer; for example, route refresh, MP-BGP, ORF

Local AddPath Capabi*

The state of the local BGP add-paths capabilities

The add-paths capability allows the router to send and receive multiple paths per prefix to or from a peer

Remote AddPath Capab*

The state of the remote BGP add-paths capabilities

Import Policy

The configured import policies for the peer group

Export Policy

The configured export policies for the peer group

paths

Syntax 
paths
Context 
show>router>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays a summary of BGP path attributes.

Output 

The following output is an example of BGP path information, and Table 103 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp paths
==============================================================================
 BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14         AS : 65206   Local AS : 65206 
==============================================================================
BGP Paths
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Path: 60203 65001 19855 3356  15412 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Origin           : IGP                  Next Hop         : 10.0.28.1           
MED              : 60203                Local Preference : none                
Refs             : 4                    ASes             : 5                   
Segments         : 1                                                           
Flags            : EBGP-learned
Aggregator       : 15412  62.216.140.1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Path: 60203 65001 19855 3356  1     1236  1236  1236  1236  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Origin           : IGP                  Next Hop         : 10.0.28.1           
MED              : 60203                Local Preference : none                
Refs             : 2                    ASes             : 9                   
Segments         : 1                                                           
Flags            : EBGP-learned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12# 
Table 103:  Output Fields: BGP Paths  

Label

Description

BGP Router ID

The local BGP router ID.

AS

The configured autonomous system number.

Local AS

The configured local AS setting. If not configured, the value is the same as the AS.

Path

The AS path attribute.

Origin

EGP — The NLRI is learned by an EGP protocol.

IGP — The NLRI is interior to the originating AS.

INCOMPLETE — NLRI was learned another way.

next-hop

The advertised BGP next hop.

MED

The Multi-Exit Discriminator value.

Local Preference

The local preference value.

Refs

The number of routes using a specified set of path attributes.

ASes

The number of AS numbers in the AS path attribute.

Segments

The number of segments in the AS path attribute.

Flags

eBGP-learned — Path attributes learned by an eBGP peering.

iBGP-Learned — Path attributes learned by an iBGP peering.

Aggregator

The route aggregator ID.

routes

Syntax 
routes [family family] [prefix [detail | longer]]
routes [family family] [prefix [hunt | brief]]
routes [family family] [community comm-id]
routes [family family] [aspath-regex reg-ex1]
routes [family family] [ipv6-prefix[/prefix-length] [detail | longer] | [hunt [brief]]]
Context 
show>router>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays BGP route information.

When this command is issued without any parameters, the entire BGP routing table displays.

When this command is issued with an IP prefix/mask or IP address, the best match for the parameter displays.

Parameters 
family family
Specifies the type of routing information to be distributed by the BGP instance.
Values—
ipv4 — Displays only those BGP peers that have the IPv4 family enabled and not those capable of exchanging IP-VPN routes.
vpn-ipv4 — Displays the BGP peers that are IP-VPN capable.
ipv6 — Displays the BGP peers that are IPv6 capable.
mcast-ipv4 — Displays the BGP peers that are mcast-ipv4 capable.

 

prefix—
Specifies the type of routing information to display.
Values—

rd|[rd:]ip-address[/mask]

rd

{ip-address:number1

as-number1:number2

as-number2:number3}

number1

1 to 65535

as-number1

1 to 65535

number2

0 to 4294967295

as-number2

1 to 4294967295

number3

0 to 65535

ip-address

a.b.c.d

mask

0 to 32

 

filter—
Specifies route criteria.
Values—
hunt — Displays entries for the specified route in the RIB-In, RIB-Out, and RTM.
longer — Displays the specified route and subsets of the route.
detail — Display the longer, more detailed version of the output.

 

aspath-regex “reg-exp”—
Displays all routes with an AS path matching the specified regular expression reg-exp.
community comm.-id
Displays all routes with the specified BGP community.
Values—

[as-number1:comm-val1 | ext-comm | well-known-comm] ext-comm type:{ip-address:comm-val1 | as-number1:comm-val2 | as- number2:comm-val1}

as-number1

0 to 65535

comm-val1

0 to 65535

type

keywords: target, origin

ip-address

a.b.c.d

comm-val2

0 to 4294967295

as-number2

0 to 4294967295

well-known-comm no-export, no-export-subconfed, no-advertise

 

Output 

The following output is an example of BGP route information, and Table 104 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12>config>router>bgp# show router 3 bgp routes family ipv4
==============================================================================
 BGP Router ID : 10.10.10.103      AS : 200     Local AS : 200
==============================================================================
 Legend -
 Status codes  : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
 Origin codes  : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, > - best
==============================================================================
BGP Routes
==============================================================================
Flag  Network                             Nexthop         LocalPref  MED
      VPN Label                           As-Path
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Matching Entries Found
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12>config>router>bgp# 
 
A:SR-12# show router bgp routes 10.0.0.0/31 hunt 
===============================================================================
 BGP Router ID : 10.20.1.1   AS : 100Local AS : 100 
===============================================================================
 Legend -
 Status codes  : u - used, s - suppressed, h - history, d - decayed, * - valid
 Origin codes  : i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, > - best
===============================================================================
BGP Routes
===============================================================================
RIB In Entries
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network        : 10.0.0.0/31
Nexthop        : 10.20.1.2
Route Dist.    : 10.20.1.2:1VPN Label: 131070 
From       : 10.20.1.2
Res. Nexthop   : 10.10.1.2
Local Pref.    : 100Interface Name: to-sr7 
Aggregator AS  : noneAggregator: none 
Atomic Aggr.   : Not AtomicMED: none
Community      : target:10.20.1.2:1
Cluster        : No Cluster Members
Originator Id  : NonePeer Router Id: 10.20.1.2
Flags       : Used  Valid  Best  IGP  
AS-Path        : No As-Path
VPRN Imported  : 1 2 10 12
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RIB Out Entries
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Routes : 1
===============================================================================
A:SR-12# 
Table 104:  Output Fields: BGP Routes  

Label

Description

BGP Router ID

The local BGP router ID.

AS

The configured autonomous system number.

Local AS

The configured local AS setting, if not configured it is the same as the system AS.

Network

The IP prefix and mask length.

next-hop

The BGP next hop.

From

The advertising IP address BGP neighbor.

Res. next-hop

The resolved next hop.

Local Pref.

The local preference value.

Flag

u — used

s — suppressed

h — history

d — decayed

* — valid

i — igp

e — egp

? — incomplete

> — best

Aggregator AS

The aggregator AS value.

none — No aggregator AS attributes are present.

Aggregator

The aggregator attribute value.

none — no aggregator attributes are present.

Atomic Aggr.

Atomic — The atomic aggregator flag is set.

Not Atomic — The atomic aggregator flag is not set.

MED

The MED metric value.

none — No MED metric is present.

Community

The BGP community attribute list.

Cluster

The route reflector cluster list.

Originator Id

The originator ID path attribute value.

none — The originator ID attribute is not present.

Peer Router Id

The router ID of the advertising router.

AS-Path

The BGP AS path attribute.

VPRN Imported

Displays the VPRNs where a particular BGP-VPN received route has been imported and installed.

summary

Syntax 
summary [all]
Context 
show>router>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays a summary of BGP neighbor information.

If confederations are not configured, that portion of the output will not display.

This command displays group information for a BGP peer group. This command can be entered with or without parameters.

When this command is entered without a group name, information about all peer groups displays.

When the command is issued with a specific group name, information only pertaining to that specific peer group displays.

The “State” field displays the BGP group operational state. Other valid states are the following:

  1. Up
    BGP global process is configured and running.
  2. Down
    BGP global process is administratively shutdown and not running.
  3. Disabled
    BGP global process is operationally disabled. The process must be restarted by the operator.

For example, if a BGP peer is operationally disabled, the state in the summary table shows the state “Disabled”.

Parameters 
all —
Displays BGP peers in all instances.
Output 

The following output is an example of summary BGP neighbor information, and Table 105 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 bgp summary
===============================================================================
 BGP Router ID : 10.0.0.14         AS : 65206   Local AS : 65206 
===============================================================================
 BGP Admin State         : Up            BGP Oper State       : Up
 Confederation AS        : 40000
 Member Confederations   : 65205 65206 65207 65208
 
 Number of Peer Groups   : 2             Number of Peers      : 7         
 Total BGP Active Routes : 86689         Total BGP Routes     : 116999    
 Total BGP Paths         : 35860         Total Path Memory    : 2749476   
 Total Supressed Routes  : 0             Total History Routes : 0         
 Total Decayed Routes    : 0         
===============================================================================
BGP Summary
===============================================================================
Neighbor           AS PktRcvd PktSent InQ OutQ   Up/Down State|Recv/Actv/Sent   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.0.0.1        65206       5   21849   0    0 00h01m29s 32/0/86683            
10.0.0.12       65206       0       0   0    0 00h01m29s Active                
10.0.0.13       65206       5   10545   0   50 00h01m29s 6/0/86683             
10.0.0.15       65205       0       0   0    0 00h01m29s Active                
10.0.0.16       65206       5    9636   0   50 00h01m29s 6/0/86683             
10.0.27.1           2       0       0   0    0 00h01m29s Active                
10.0.28.1       60203   22512      15   0    0 00h01m29s 116955/86689/9        
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
Table 105:  Output Fields: BGP Summary  

Label

Description

BGP Router ID

The local BGP router ID.

AS

The configured AS number.

Local AS

The configured local AS setting, if not configured it is the same as the system AS.

BGP Admin State

Down — BGP is administratively disabled.

Up — BGP is administratively enabled.

BGP Oper State

Down — BGP is operationally disabled.

Up — BGP is operationally enabled.

Confederation AS

The configured confederation AS.

Member Confederations

The configured members of the BGP confederation.

Number of Peer Groups

The total number of configured BGP peer groups.

Number of Peers

The total number of configured BGP peers.

Total BGP Active Routes

The total number of BGP routes used in the forwarding table.

Total BGP Routes

The total number of BGP routes learned from BGP peers.

Total BGP Paths

The total number of unique sets of BGP path attributes learned from BGP peers.

Total Path Memory

Total amount of memory used to store the path attributes.

Total Suppressed Routes

Total number of suppressed routes because of route damping.

Total History Routes

Total number of routes with history because of route damping.

Total Decayed Routes

Total number of decayed routes because of route damping.

Neighbor

BGP neighbor address.

AS

(Neighbor)

BGP neighbor AS number.

PktRcvd

Total number of packets received from the BGP neighbor.

PktSent

Total number of packets sent to the BGP neighbor.

InQ

The number of BGP messages to be processed.

OutQ

The number of BGP messages to be transmitted.

Up/Down

The amount of time that the BGP neighbor has either been established or not established, depending on its current state.

State|Recv/Actv/Sent

The current state of the BGP neighbor (if not established) or the number of received routes, active routes, and sent routes (if established).

interface

Syntax 
interface [{[ip-address | ip-int-name][detail]} | summary]
Context 
show>router
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays the router IP interface table, sorted by interface index.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Only displays the interface information associated with the specified IP address.
ip-int-name—
Only displays the interface information associated with the specified IP interface name.
detail—
Displays detailed IP interface information.
summary—
Displays summary IP interface information for the router.
Output 

The following outputs are example of interface information, and the associated tables describe the output fields.

Sample Output — Detailed
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 interface detail
==============================================================================
Interface Table                                                                
==============================================================================
Interface                                                                      
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Name      : to-ser1                                                         
Admin State  : Up                               Oper State       : Up          
                                                                               
IP Addr/mask : 10.10.13.3/24                    Address Type     : Primary     
IGP Inhibit  : Disabled                         Broadcast Address: Host-ones   
                                                                               
IP Addr/mask : 10.200.0.1/16                    Address Type     : Secondary   
IGP Inhibit  : Enabled                          Broadcast Address: Host-ones   
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details                                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If Index     : 2                                                               
Port Id     : 1/1/2                             If Type          : Network     
Egress Filter: none                             Ingress Filter   : 100         
QoS Policy   : 1                                SNTP Broadcast   : False       
MAC Address  : 04:5d:01:01:00:02                Arp Timeout      : 14400       
 
ICMP Details                                                                   
Redirects    : Disabled                                                        
Unreachables : Number - 100                    Time (seconds)   - 10           
TTL Expired  : Number - 100                    Time (seconds)   - 10           
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
Table 106:  Output Fields: Detailed IP Interface 

Label

Description

If Name

The IP interface name.

Admin State

Down — The IP interface is administratively disabled.

Up — The IP interface is administratively enabled.

Oper State

Down — The IP interface is operationally disabled.

Up — The IP interface is operationally disabled.

IP Addr/mask

The IP address and subnet mask length of the IP interface.

Not Assigned — Indicates no IP address has been assigned to the IP interface.

Address Type

Primary — The IP address for the IP interface is the Primary address on the IP interface.

Secondary — The IP address for the IP interface is a Secondary address on the IP interface.

IGP Inhibit

Disabled — The secondary IP address on the interface is recognized as a local interface by the IGP.

Enabled — The secondary IP address on the interface is not recognized as a local interface by the IGP.

Broadcast Address

All-ones — The broadcast format on the IP interface is all ones.

Host-ones — The broadcast format on the IP interface is host ones.

If Index

The interface index of the IP router interface.

If Type

Network — The IP interface is a network/core IP interface.

Service — The IP interface is a service IP interface.

Port Id

The port ID of the IP interface.

Egress Filter

The egress IP filter policy ID associated with the IP interface.

none — Indicates no egress filter policy is associated with the interface.

Ingress Filter

The ingress IP filter policy ID associated with the IP interface.

none — Indicates no ingress filter policy is associated with the interface.

QoS Policy

The QoS policy ID associated with the IP interface.

SNTP Broadcast

False — Receipt of SNTP broadcasts on the IP interface is disabled.

True — Receipt of SNTP broadcasts on the IP interface is enabled.

MAC Address

The MAC address of the IP interface.

Arp Timeout

The ARP timeout for the interface, in seconds, which is the time an ARP entry is maintained in the ARP cache without being refreshed.

ICMP Mask Reply

False — The IP interface does not reply to a received ICMP mask request.

True — The IP interface replies to a received ICMP mask request.

Redirects

Specifies the maximum number of ICMP redirect messages the IP interface will issue in a specific period of time (Time (seconds)).

Disabled — Indicates the IP interface does not generate ICMP redirect messages.

Unreachables

Specifies the maximum number of ICMP destination unreachable messages the IP interface will issue in a specific period of time.

Disabled — Indicates the IP interface does not generate ICMP destination unreachable messages.

TTL Expired

The maximum number (Number) of ICMP TTL expired messages the IP interface will issue in a specific period of time (Time (seconds)).

Disabled — Indicates the IP interface does not generate ICMP TTL expired messages.

Sample Output — Summary
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 interface summary
===============================================================================
Router Summary (Interfaces)                                                    
===============================================================================
Instance  Router Name                       Interfaces    Admin-Up   Oper-Up   
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1         Base                              7             7          5         
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
Table 107:  Output Fields: Interface Summary 

Label

Description

Instance

The router instance number.

Router Name

The name of the router instance.

Interfaces

The number of IP interfaces in the router instance.

route-table

Syntax 
route-table [ip-prefix [/mask] [longer] | [protocol protocol] | [summary]]
Context 
show>router
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays the active routes in the routing table.

If no command line arguments are specified, all routes are displayed, sorted by prefix.

Parameters 
ip-prefix[/mask]
Displays routes only matching the specified ip-prefix and optional mask.
longer—
Displays routes matching the ip-prefix/mask and routes with longer masks.
protocol protocol
Displays routes learned from the specified protocol.
Values—
bgp, isis, local, ospf, rip, static, aggregate

 

summary—
Displays route table summary information.
Output 

The following output is an example of routing table information, and Table 108 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 route-table
==============================================================================
Route Table                                                                    
==============================================================================
Dest Address       Next Hop        Type    Protocol    Age       Metric  Pref  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.0.1/32       10.10.13.1      Remote  OSPF        65844     1001    10    
10.10.0.2/32       10.10.13.1      Remote  OSPF        65844     2001    10    
10.10.0.3/32       0.0.0.0         Local   Local       1329261   0       0     
10.10.0.4/32       10.10.34.4      Remote  OSPF        3523      1001    10    
10.10.0.5/32       10.10.35.5      Remote  OSPF        1084022   1001    10    
10.10.12.0/24      10.10.13.1      Remote  OSPF        65844     2000    10    
10.10.13.0/24      0.0.0.0         Local   Local       65859     0       0     
10.10.15.0/24      10.10.13.1      Remote  OSPF        58836     2000    10    
10.10.24.0/24      10.10.34.4      Remote  OSPF        3523      2000    10    
10.10.25.0/24      10.10.35.5      Remote  OSPF        399059    2000    10    
10.10.34.0/24      0.0.0.0         Local   Local       3543      0       0     
10.10.35.0/24      0.0.0.0         Local   Local       1329259   0       0     
10.10.45.0/24      10.10.34.4      Remote  OSPF        3523      2000    10    
10.200.0.0/16      0.0.0.0         Local   Local       4513      0       0     
192.168.0.0/20     0.0.0.0         Local   Local       1329264   0       0     
192.168.254.0/24   0.0.0.0         Remote  Static      11        1       5     
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12# 
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 route-table 10.10.0.4
===============================================================================
Route Table                                                                    
==============================================================================
Dest Address       Next Hop        Type    Protocol    Age       Metric  Pref  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.0.4/32       10.10.34.4      Remote  OSPF        3523      1001    10    
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12# 
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 route-table 10.10.0.4/32 longer
==============================================================================
Route Table                                                                    
==============================================================================
Dest Address       Next Hop        Type    Protocol    Age       Metric  Pref  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.0.4/32       10.10.34.4      Remote  OSPF        3523      1001    10    
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Routes: 1
==============================================================================
+ : indicates that the route matches on a longer prefix
*A:ALA-12# 
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 route-table protocol ospf
==============================================================================
Route Table                                                                    
==============================================================================
Dest Address       Next Hop        Type    Protocol    Age       Metric  Pref  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10.0.1/32       10.10.13.1      Remote  OSPF        65844     1001    10    
10.10.0.2/32       10.10.13.1      Remote  OSPF        65844     2001    10    
10.10.0.4/32       10.10.34.4      Remote  OSPF        3523      1001    10    
10.10.0.5/32       10.10.35.5      Remote  OSPF        1084022   1001    10    
10.10.12.0/24      10.10.13.1      Remote  OSPF        65844     2000    10    
10.10.15.0/24      10.10.13.1      Remote  OSPF        58836     2000    10    
10.10.24.0/24      10.10.34.4      Remote  OSPF        3523      2000    10    
10.10.25.0/24      10.10.35.5      Remote  OSPF        399059    2000    10    
10.10.45.0/24      10.10.34.4      Remote  OSPF        3523      2000    10    
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-12# 
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 route-table summary
===============================================================================
Route Table Summary                                                            
===============================================================================
                              Active                   Available               
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Static                        1                        1                       
Direct                        6                        6                       
BGP                           0                        0                       
OSPF                          9                        9                       
ISIS                          0                        0                       
RIP                           0                        0                       
Aggregate                     0                        0                       
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                         15                       15                      
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
Table 108:  Output Fields: Route Table  

Label

Description

Dest Address

The route destination address and mask.

next-hop

The next-hop IP address for the route destination.

Type

Local — The route is a local route.

Remote — The route is a remote route.

Protocol

The protocol through which the route was learned.

Age

The route age in seconds for the route.

Metric

The route metric value for the route.

Pref

The route preference value for the route.

No. of Routes:

The number of routes displayed in the list.

static-arp

Syntax 
static-arp [ip-address | ip-int-name | mac ieee-mac-addr]
Context 
show>router
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays the router static ARP table sorted by IP address.

If no options are present, all ARP entries are displayed.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Only displays static ARP entries associated with the specified IP address.
ip-int-name—
Only displays static ARP entries associated with the specified IP interface name.
mac ieee-mac-addr
Only displays static ARP entries associated with the specified MAC address.
Output 

The following output is an example of static ARP table information, and Table 109 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-arp
==============================================================================
ARP Table                                                                      
==============================================================================
IP Address      MAC Address       Age      Type Interface                      
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.200.0.253    00:00:5a:40:00:01 00:00:00 Sta  to-ser1                        
10.200.1.1      00:00:5a:01:00:33 00:00:00 Inv  to-ser1a
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of ARP Entries: 2
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-arp 10.200.1.1
==============================================================================
ARP Table                                                                      
==============================================================================
IP Address    MAC Address        Age     Type Interface 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   
10.200.1.1      00:00:5a:01:00:33  00:00:00 Inv   to-
ser1  a                                                    
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-arp to-ser1
==============================================================================
ARP Table                                                                      
==============================================================================
IP Address    MAC Address       Age      Type Interface                      
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.200.0.253  00:00:5a:40:00:01 00:00:00 Sta  to-
ser1 ===============================================================================
S*A:ALA-12# 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-arp mac 00:00:5a:40:00:01
==============================================================================
ARP Table                                                                      
==============================================================================
IP Address    MAC Address       Age      Type Interface 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.200.0.253  00:00:5a:40:00:01 00:00:00 Sta  to-
ser1 ==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
Table 109:  Output Fields: Static ARP  

Label

Description

IP Address

The IP address of the static ARP entry.

MAC Address

The MAC address of the static ARP entry.

Age

The age of the ARP entry. Static ARPs always have 00:00:00 for the age.

Type

Inv — The ARP entry is an inactive static ARP entry (invalid).

Sta — The ARP entry is an active static ARP entry.

Interface

The IP interface name associated with the ARP entry.

No. of ARP Entries

The number of ARP entries displayed in the list.

static-route

Syntax 
static-route [ip-prefix /mask] | [preference preference] | [next-hop ip-addr] [detail]
Context 
show>router
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays the static entries in the routing table.

If no options are present, all static routes are displayed sorted by prefix.

Parameters 
ip-prefix /mask—
Displays static routes only matching the specified ip-prefix and mask.
preference preference
Only displays static routes with the specified route preference.
Values—
0 to 65535

 

next-hop ip-addr
Only displays static routes with the specified next hop IP address.
detail—
Displays detailed information about the static route.
Output 

The following output is an example of static route information, and Table 110 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-route
==============================================================================
Route Table                                                                     
==============================================================================
IP Addr/mask       Pref Metric Type Nexthop              Interface       Active 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
192.168.250.0/24   5    1      ID   10.200.10.1          to-ser1         Y 
192.168.252.0/24   5    1      NH   10.10.0.254          n/a             N 
192.168.253.0/24   5    1      NH   to-ser1              n/a             N 
192.168.253.0/24   5    1      NH   10.10.0.254          n/a             N 
192.168.254.0/24   4    1      BH   black-hole           n/a             Y
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-route 192.168.250.0/24
==============================================================================
Route Table                                                                     
==============================================================================
IP Addr/mask       Pref Metric Type Nexthop              Interface       Active 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
192.168.250.0/24   5    1      ID   10.200.10.1          to-ser1         Y 
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-route preference 4
============================================================================= 
Route Table                                                                     
==============================================================================
IP Addr/mask       Pref Metric Type Nexthop              Interface       Active 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
192.168.254.0/24   4    1      BH   black-hole           n/a             Y 
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12# 
 
 
*A:ALA-12# show router 3 static-route next-hop 10.10.0.254
==============================================================================
Route Table                                                                     
==============================================================================
IP Addr/mask       Pref Metric Type Nexthop              Interface       Active 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
192.168.253.0/24   5    1      NH   10.10.0.254          n/a             N 
============================================================================= 
*A:ALA-12# 
 
*A:Dut-B# show router static-route
 
===============================================================================
Static Route Table (Router: Base)  Family: IPv4
===============================================================================
Prefix                                        Tag         Met    Pref Type Act
   Next Hop                                    Interface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2.3.4/32                                    0           1      5    NH   Y
   10.11.25.6
ip-10.11.25.5_base_to_cpe_static
10.11.15.0/24                                 0           1      5    NH   Y
   10.11.25.6
ip-10.11.25.5_base_to_cpe_static
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Static Routes: 2
===============================================================================
 
 
*A:Dut-B# show router static-route detail
==============================================================================
Static Route Table (Router: Base)  Family: IPv4
==============================================================================
Network          : 10.2.3.4/32
Nexthop          : 10.11.25.6
Type             : Nexthop                         Nexthop Type      : IP
Interface        : ip-10.11.25.5_base_to_cpe_stat* Active            : Y
Metric           : 1                               Preference        : 5
Admin  State     : Up                              Tag               : 0
BFD              : disabled
CPE-check        : enabled                         State             : n/a
Target           : 10.11.18.6
Interval         : 1                               Drop Count        : 3
Log              : N
CPE Host Up Time : 0d 00:00:02
CPE Echo Req Tx  : 3                               CPE Echo Reply Rx : 3
CPE Up Trans     : 1                               CPE Down Trans    : 0
CPE TTL          : 2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network          : 10.11.15.0/24
Nexthop          : 10.11.25.6
Type             : Nexthop                         Nexthop Type      : IP
Interface        : ip-10.11.25.5_base_to_cpe_stat* Active            : Y
Metric           : 1                               Preference        : 5
Admin  State     : Up                              Tag               : 0
BFD              : disabled
CPE-check        : disabled
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Static Routes: 2
 
==============================================================================
Table 110:  Output Fields: Static Route  

Label

Description

IP Addr/mask

The static route destination address and mask.

Pref

The route preference value for the static route.

Metric

The route metric value for the static route.

Type

BH — The static route is a black hole route. The next-hop for this type of route is black-hole.

ID — The static route is an indirect route, where the next-hop for this type of route is the non-directly connected next-hop.

NH — The route is a static route with a directly connected next-hop. The next-hop for this type of route is either the next-hop IP address or an egress IP interface name.

next-hop

The next-hop for the static route destination.

Interface

The egress IP interface name for the static route.

n/a — indicates there is no current egress interface because the static route is inactive or a black hole route.

Active

N — The static route is inactive; for example, the static route is disabled or the next-hop IP interface is down.

Y — The static route is active.

No. of Routes:

The number of routes displayed in the list.

tunnel-table

Syntax 
tunnel-table [ip-address[/mask] [protocol protocol | sdp sdp-id]
tunnel-table [summary]
Context 
show>router
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays tunnel table information.

When the auto-bind command is used when configuring a VPRN service, it means the MP-BGP NH resolution is referring to core routing instance for IP reachability. For a VPRN service, this object specifies the lookup to be used by the routing instance when no SDP to the destination exists.

Parameters 
ip-address[/mask]
Displays the specified tunnel table destination IP address and mask.
protocol protocol
Displays LDP protocol information.
sdp sdp-id
Displays information pertaining to the specified SDP.
summary—
Displays summary tunnel table information.
Output 

The following output is an example of tunnel table information, and Table 111 describes the output fields.

Sample Output
*A:ALA-12>config>service#  show router 3 tunnel-table summary
=============================================================================
Tunnel Table Summary (Router: Base)
=============================================================================
                              Active                   Available
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LDP                           1                        1
SDP                           1                        1
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12>config>service# 
Table 111:  Output Fields: Tunnel Table  

Label

Description

Active

Displays the number of active LDPs and SDPs.

Available

Displays the number of available LDPs and SDPs.

8.4.2.5. VPRN Clear Commands

interface

Syntax 
interface [ip-int-name | ip-addr] [icmp]
Context 
clear>router
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command clears IP interface statistics.

If no IP interface is specified either by IP interface name or IP address, the command performs the clear operation on all IP interfaces.

Parameters 
ip-int-name | ip-addr—
Specifies the IP interface name or IP interface address.
Default—
All IP interfaces.
icmp—
Specifies to reset the ICMP statistics for the IP interfaces used for ICMP rate limit.

damping

Syntax 
damping [[ip-prefix/mask] [neighbor ip-address]] | [group name]
Context 
clear>router>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command clears or resets the route damping information for received routes.

Parameters 
ip-prefix/mask—
Clears damping information for entries that match the IP prefix and mask length.
neighbor ip-address
Clears damping information for entries received from the BGP neighbor.
group name
Clears damping information for entries received from any BGP neighbors in the peer group.

flap-statistics

Syntax 
flap-statistics [[ip-prefix/mask] [neighbor ip-addr]] | [group group-name] | [regex reg-exp] | [policy policy-name]
Context 
clear>router>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command clears route flap statistics.

Parameters 
ip-prefix/mask—
Clears route flap statistics for entries that match the specified IP prefix and mask length.
neighbor ip-addr
Clears route flap statistics for entries received from the specified BGP neighbor.
group group-name
Clears route flap statistics for entries received from any BGP neighbors in the specified peer group.
regex reg-exp
Clears route flap statistics for all entries which have the regular expression and the AS path that matches the regular expression.
policy policy-name
Clears route flap statistics for entries that match the specified route policy.

neighbor

Syntax 
neighbor {ip-addr | as as-number | external | all} [soft | soft-inbound | statistics]
Context 
clear>router>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command resets the specified BGP peer or peers. This can cause existing BGP connections to be shut down and restarted.

Parameters 
ip-addr—
Resets the BGP neighbor with the specified IP address.
as as-number
Resets all BGP neighbors with the specified peer AS.
external—
Resets all eBGP neighbors.
all—
Resets all BGP neighbors.
soft—
Specifies that BGP neighbors reevaluate all routes in the local-RIB against the configured export policies.
soft-inbound—
Specifies that BGP neighbors reevaluate all routes in the RIB-In against the configured import policies.
statistics—
Specifies the BGP neighbor statistics.

protocol

Syntax 
protocol
Context 
clear>router>bgp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command resets the entire BGP protocol. If the ASN was previously changed, the BGP ASN does not inherit the new value.

id

Syntax 
id service-id
Context 
clear>service
clear>service>statistics
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command clears commands for a specific service.

Parameters 
service-id—
Specifies the ID that uniquely identifies a service.
Values—
1 to 2147483648

 

sap

Syntax 
sap sap-id {all | counters | stp}
Context 
clear>service>statistics
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command clears SAP statistics for a SAP.

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI Command Descriptions for command syntax.

spoke-sdp

Syntax 
spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id ingress-vc-label
Context 
clear>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command clears and resets the spoke-SDP bindings for the service.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
Specifies the spoke-SDP ID to be reset.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
Specifies the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

sdp

Syntax 
sdp sdp-id keep-alive
Context 
clear>service>statistics
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command clears keepalive statistics associated with the SDP ID.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
Specifies the SDP ID for which to clear keepalive statistics.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

counters

Syntax 
counters
Context 
clear>service>statistics>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command clears all traffic queue counters associated with the service ID.

spoke-sdp

Syntax 
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] {all | counters | stp}
Context 
clear>service>statistics>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command clears statistics for the spoke-SDP bound to the service.

Parameters 
sdp-id—
Specifies the spoke-SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
Values—
1 to 17407

 

vc-id—
Specifeis the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

all—
Clears all queue statistics and STP statistics associated with the SDP.
counters—
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SDP.
stp—
Clears all STP statistics associated with the SDP.

stp

Syntax 
stp
Context 
clear>service>statistics>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command clears all spanning tree statistics for the service ID.

8.4.2.6. VPRN Debug Commands

id

Syntax 
[no] id service-id
Context 
debug>service
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command debugs commands for a specific service.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

Parameters 
service-id—
Specifies the ID that uniquely identifies a service.

sap

Syntax 
[no] sap sap-id
Context 
debug>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command displays Subscriber Host Connectivity Verification (SHCV) events for a particular SAP.

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI Command Descriptions for command syntax.

sap

Syntax 
[no] sap sap-id
Context 
debug>service>id
debug>service>stp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables STP debugging for a specific SAP.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI Command Descriptions for command syntax.

sdp

Syntax 
[no] sdp sdp-id:vc-id
Context 
debug>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables STP debugging for a specific SDP.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

event-type

Syntax 
[no] event-type {config-change | svc-oper-status-change | sap-oper-status-change | sdpbind-oper-status-change}
Context 
debug>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables debugging for a particular event type.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

event-type

Syntax 
[no] event-type {config-change | oper-status-change}
Context 
debug>service>id>sap
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables debugging for a particular event type.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

stp

Syntax 
[no] stp
Context 
debug>service>id
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables the context for debugging STP.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

all-events

Syntax 
all-events
Context 
debug>service>id>stp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables STP debugging for all events.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

bpdu

Syntax 
[no] bpdu
Context 
debug>service>stp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables STP debugging for received and transmitted BPDUs.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

core-connectivity

Syntax 
[no] core-connectivity
Context 
debug>service>stp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables STP debugging for core connectivity.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

exception

Syntax 
[no] exception
Context 
debug>service>stp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables STP debugging for exceptions.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

fsm-state-changes

Syntax 
[no] fsm-state-changes
Context 
debug>service>stp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables STP debugging for FSM state changes.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

fsm-timers

Syntax 
[no] fsm-timers
Context 
debug>service>stp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables STP debugging for FSM timer changes.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

port-role

Syntax 
[no] port-role
Context 
debug>service>stp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables STP debugging for changes in port roles.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

port-state

Syntax 
[no] port-state
Context 
debug>service>stp
Supported Platforms 

7210 SAS-K 2F6C4T and 7210 SAS-K 3SFP+ 8C

Description 

This command enables STP debugging for port states.

The no form of this command disables debugging.